+SUBDIRS = help

+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><!-- -*- indent-tabs-mode: nil -*- -->

+<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"

+"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [

+ <!ENTITY legal SYSTEM "legal.xml">

+ <!ENTITY appletversion "2.8">

+ <!ENTITY manrevision "2.8">

+ <!ENTITY date "August 2004">

+ <!ENTITY applet "Keyboard Indicator">

+ <!ENTITY ug "MATE Desktop User Guide">

+]>

+<!--

+(Do not remove this comment block.)

+Maintained by the MATE Documentation Project

+http://developer.mate.org/projects/gdp

+Template version: 2.0 beta

+Template last modified Feb 12, 2002

+-->

+

+<article id="index" lang="en">

+<!-- please do not change the id; for translations, change lang to -->

+<!-- appropriate code -->

+<articleinfo>

+ <title>&applet; Manual</title>

+ <abstract role="description">

+ <para>The &applet; shows the active keyboard group and

+ enables switching between different groups.</para>

+ </abstract>

+

+ <copyright>

+ <year>2004</year>

+ <holder>Angela Boyle</holder>

+ </copyright>

+ <copyright>

+ <year>2004</year>

+ <holder>Sergey Udaltsov</holder>

+ </copyright>

+ <!-- translators: uncomment this:

+ <copyright>

+ <year>2003</year>

+ <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>

+ </copyright>

+ -->

+

+ <publisher role="maintainer">

+ <publishername>MATE Documentation Project</publishername>

+ </publisher>

+

+ <revhistory>

+ <revision>

+ <revnumber>2.8</revnumber>

+ <date>2004-08</date>

+ </revision>

+ </revhistory>

+

+ &legal;

+ <!-- This file contains link to license for the documentation (GNU FDL), and

+ other legal stuff such as "NO WARRANTY" statement. Please do not change

+ any of this. -->

+

+ <authorgroup>

+ <author>

+ <firstname>Angela</firstname>

+ <surname>Boyle</surname>

+ <affiliation>

+ <address><email>[email protected]</email></address>

+ </affiliation>

+ </author>

+ <author>

+ <firstname>Sergey</firstname>

+ <surname>Udaltsov</surname>

+ <affiliation>

+ <address><email>[email protected]</email></address>

+ </affiliation>

+ </author>

+ <!-- This is appropriate place for other contributors: translators,

+ maintainers, etc. Commented out by default.

+ <othercredit role="translator">

+ <firstname>Latin</firstname>

+ <surname>Translator 1</surname>

+ <affiliation>

+ <orgname>Latin Translation Team</orgname>

+ <address> <email>[email protected]</email> </address>

+ </affiliation>

+ <contrib>Latin translation</contrib>

+ </othercredit>

+ -->

+ </authorgroup>

+

+ <releaseinfo revision="2.26" role="review"/>

+

+ <releaseinfo>This manual describes version &appletversion; of the

+ &applet; applet.</releaseinfo>

+

+ <legalnotice>

+ <title>Feedback</title>

+ <para>To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the &applet;

+ applet or this manual, follow the directions in the

+ <ulink url="ghelp:mate-feedback" type="help">MATE Feedback

+ Page</ulink>.</para>

+ <!-- Translators may also add here feedback address for translations -->

+ </legalnotice>

+</articleinfo>

+

+<indexterm>

+ <primary>Keyboard Indicator</primary>

+</indexterm>

+

+<sect1 id="gswitchit-applet-intro">

+ <title>Introduction</title>

+

+ <para><application>&applet;</application> indicates the active keyboard group.

+ The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from the

+ standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>&applet;</application>

+ applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet Preferences tool and to

+ switch between language groups.</para>

+

+ <para>To add <application>&applet;</application> to a panel,

+ right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to

+ Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>&applet;</application>

+ in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then

+ click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on this, see <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>.</para>

+

+ <para>To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose

+ <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup

+ menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard

+ (choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting

+ Keyboard preferences, see

+ <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard">Configuring Keyboard

+ Preferences</ulink>.</para>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="gswitchit-applet-switching">

+ <title>Switching Language</title>

+

+ <para>First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be

+ for a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each

+ language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group.

+ There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your

+ keyboard.</para>

+

+ <variablelist>

+ <varlistentry>

+ <term>Mouse Click</term>

+ <listitem><para>You can switch between groups with a single click on the

+ applet's panel icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the

+ current configuration.</para></listitem>

+ </varlistentry>

+ <varlistentry>

+ <term>Popup Menu</term>

+ <listitem><para>To pick a specific group, select

+ <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the popup menu. From there,

+ choose the group you want to switch to.</para></listitem>

+ </varlistentry>

+ <varlistentry>

+ <term>Keyboard</term>

+ <listitem><para>In the <application>Keyboard</application>

+ preference tool, you can set

+ which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose

+ <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup

+ menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>.</para></listitem>

+ </varlistentry>

+ </variablelist>

+ <para>To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>.</para>

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="layout-view">

+ <title>Layout View</title>

+ <para>Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to see a diagram of your current keyboard layout.</para>

+ <para>In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard to highlight its representation in the diagram.</para>

+ <para>Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:</para>

+ <itemizedlist>

+ <listitem><para>For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone.</para></listitem>

+ <listitem><para>For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap>.</para></listitem>

+ <listitem><para>For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third level modifier.</para></listitem>

+ <listitem><para>For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the third level modifier.</para></listitem>

+ </itemizedlist>

+ <note><para>By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions">Keyboard Layout Options Preferences</ulink>.</para></note>

+

+

+</sect1>

+

+<sect1 id="gswitchit-applet-plugins">

+ <title>Plugins</title>

+ <para>To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog,

+ select <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current

+ plugins are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area.</para>

+ <variablelist>

+ <varlistentry>

+ <term>Adding a New Plugin</term>

+ <listitem><para>Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add

+ Plugin</guilabel> window, select one of the plugins in the

+ <guilabel>Available plugins</guilabel> area and click the

+ <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button.</para></listitem>

+ </varlistentry>

+ <varlistentry>

+ <term>Removing a Plugin</term>

+ <listitem><para>Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active

+ plugins</guilabel> area that you do not want anymore and

+ click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>.</para></listitem>

+ </varlistentry>

+ <varlistentry>

+ <term>Moving Items in the Plugin List</term>

+ <listitem><para>To move items up and down the plugin list in the

+ <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area, select the plugin you

+ want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or

+ <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the keyboard

+ to move the selection point up and down.</para></listitem>

+ </varlistentry>

+ <varlistentry>

+ <term>Changing the Properties of a Plugin</term>

+ <listitem><para>To change the properties of the plugins, select

+ the plugin you want and click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>.

+ The properties vary for each plugin.</para></listitem>

+ </varlistentry>

+ </variablelist>

+</sect1>

+</article>

+ <legalnotice id="legalnotice">

+ <para>

+ Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this

+ document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation

+ License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published

+ by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,

+ no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find

+ a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type="help"

+ url="ghelp:fdl">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS

+ distributed with this manual.

+ </para>

+ <para> This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals

+ distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this

+ manual separately from the collection, you can do so by

+ adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in

+ section 6 of the license.

+ </para>

+

+ <para>

+ Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their

+ products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those

+ names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of

+ the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those

+ trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial

+ capital letters.

+ </para>

+

+ <para>

+ DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED

+ UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE

+ WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:

+

+ <orderedlist>

+ <listitem>

+ <para>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,

+ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR

+ IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES

+ THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE

+ DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR

+ A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE

+ RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE

+ OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE

+ DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR

+ MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,

+ YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY

+ CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY

+ SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER

+ OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS

+ LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED

+ VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER

+ EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND

+ </para>

+ </listitem>

+ <listitem>

+ <para>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL

+ THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),

+ CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,

+ INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY

+ DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION

+ OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH

+ PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY

+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR

+ CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER

+ INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS

+ OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR

+ MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR

+ LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE

+ DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,

+ EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF

+ THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

+ </para>

+ </listitem>

+ </orderedlist>

+ </para>

+ </legalnotice>

+ \ No newline at end of file

+include $(top_srcdir)/mate-doc-utils.make

+dist-hook: doc-dist-hook

+

+DOC_MODULE = gswitchit

+DOC_ENTITIES = legal.xml

+

+DOC_LINGUAS = ca cs de el en_GB es eu fi fr oc ru sv uk zh_CN

+

+-include $(top_srcdir)/git.mk

+# gswitchit-help translation to Catalan.

+# Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+# Gil Forcada <[email protected]>, 2008.

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: gswitchit-help\n"

+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-09 12:32+0100\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-13 21:14+0100\n"

+"Last-Translator: Gil Forcada <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Catalan <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Manual del l'indicador del teclat"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid "The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching between different groups."

+msgstr "L'indicador del teclat mostra el grup de teclat actiu i us permet canviar entre diferents grups."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Projecte de documentació del MATE"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Teniu permís per a copiar, distribuir i/o modificar aquest document, sota "

+"els termes de la Llicència de documentació lliure GNU (GFDL), versió 1.1 o "

+"qualsevol versió publicada posteriorment per la Free Software Foundation, "

+"sense seccions invariants, sense texts de portada i sense texts de "

+"contraportada. Podeu trobar una còpia de la GFDL en aquest <ulink type=\"help"

+"\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">enllaç</ulink> o en el fitxer COPYING-DOCS distribuït "

+"amb aquest manual."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid "This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Aquest manual forma part d'una col·lecció de manuals del MATE distribuïts "

+"sota la GFDL. Si voleu distribuir aquest manual independentment de la "

+"col·lecció, podeu fer-ho afegint una còpia de la llicència al manual, tal "

+"com es descriu a la secció 6 de la llicència."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"Molts dels noms que les empreses utilitzen per a distingir els seus "

+"productes i serveis es consideren marques comercials. Quan aquests noms "

+"apareguin en qualsevol documentació del MATE, si els membres del Projecte "

+"de documentació del MATE han estat avisats pel que fa a les marques, els "

+"noms apareixeran en majúscules o amb les inicials en majúscules."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"EL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIX «TAL COM ÉS», SENSE CAP TIPUS DE GARANTIA, NI "

+"EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, LES GARANTIES QUE "

+"EL DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NO TINGUI DEFECTES, SIGUI "

+"COMERCIALITZABLE, SIGUI ADEQUAT PER A UN ÚS CONCRET O NO INFRINGEIXI CAP "

+"LLEI. TOT EL RISC PEL QUE FA A LA QUALITAT, EXACTITUD I RENDIMENT DEL "

+"DOCUMENT O LA VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT ÉS VOSTRE. EN CAS QUE EL "

+"DOCUMENT RESULTÉS DEFECTUÓS EN QUALSEVOL ASPECTE, VÓS (NO PAS L'ESCRIPTOR "

+"INICIAL, L'AUTOR O CAP ALTRE COL·LABORADOR) ASSUMIU TOT EL COST DE "

+"MANTENIMENT, REPARACIÓ O CORRECCIÓ. AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA CONSTITUEIX "

+"UNA PART ESSENCIAL D'AQUESTA LLICÈNCIA. NO S'AUTORITZA L'ÚS DE CAP DOCUMENT "

+"O VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT EXCEPTE SOTA AQUESTA RENÚNCIA DE GARANTIA; "

+"I "

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"EN CAP CAS I SOTA CAP INTERPRETACIÓ LEGAL, JA SIGUI PER AGREUJAMENT "

+"(INCLOENT-HI LA NEGLIGÈNCIA), CONTRACTE O ALTRE CAS, L'AUTOR, L'ESCRIPTOR "

+"ORIGINAL, QUALSEVOL DELS COL·LABORADORS O DISTRIBUÏDORS DEL DOCUMENT O UNA "

+"VERSIÓ MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENT NI CAP PROVEÏDOR D'AQUESTES PARTS NO SERAN "

+"RESPONSABLES DAVANT DE NINGÚ PER CAP DANY DIRECTE, INDIRECTE, ESPECIAL, "

+"ACCIDENTAL O CONSECUTIU DE QUALSEVOL TIPUS; AIXÒ INCLOU, SENSE LIMITAR-S'HI, "

+"ELS DANYS PER PÈRDUA DE CLIENTS, INTERRUPCIONS DE LA FEINA, FALLADA O "

+"MALFUNCIONAMENT DE L'ORDINADOR, O QUALSEVOL ALTRA PÈRDUA O DANY RELACIONAT "

+"AMB L'ÚS DEL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT, FINS I TOT SI "

+"S'HA INFORMAT AQUESTA PART DE LA POSSIBILITAT D'AQUESTS DANYS."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"EL DOCUMENT I LES VERSIONS MODIFICADES DEL DOCUMENT S'OFEREIXEN SOTA ELS "

+"TERMES DE LA LLICÈNCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓ LLIURE DE GNU, TENINT EN COMPTE QUE: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Aquest manual descriu la versió 2.8 de la miniaplicació de l'indicador del teclat."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Comentaris"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr "Per a informar d'un error o fer un suggeriment sobre la miniaplicació de l'indicador del teclat o aquest manual, seguiu les indicacions de la <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">Pàgina de suggeriments del MATE</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Indicador del teclat"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Introducció"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid "<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr "L'<application>indicador del teclat</application> indica el grup de teclat actiu. La miniaplicació us mostra quin grup utilitzeu actualment. Apart de les funcions del menú emergent estàndards de les miniaplicacions, el menú emergent de la miniaplicació de l'<application>indicador del teclat</application> us permet obrir l'eina de preferències de la miniaplicació i canviar entre grups d'idiomes."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid "To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr "Per a afegir l'<application>indicador del teclat</application> al quadre, feu clic amb el botó secundari en el quadre i escolliu <guimenuitem>Afegeix al quadre</guimenuitem>. Seleccioneu l'<application>Indicador del teclat</application> en el diàleg <application>Afegeix al quadre</application> i després feu clic a <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>. Per a més informació al respecte, vegeu <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Afegir un objecte al quadre</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid "To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard (choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "Per a obrir l'eina de preferències del <application>teclat</application>, escolliu <guimenuitem>Preferències del teclat</guimenuitem> en el menú emergent de la miniaplicació. Heu d'utilitzar aquest diàleg per a poder configurar el teclat (escollir el model, les disposicions, les opcions, etc.). Vegeu la <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuració de les preferències del teclat</ulink> per a més informació sobre les preferències del teclat."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Canviar l'idioma"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid "First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your keyboard."

+msgstr "Primer, heu de saber que un grup és un conjunt caràcters, tan si és un conjunt de caràcters d'un idioma o no té cap relació amb un idioma en concret, com el Dvorak per exemple. Cada idioma pot tenir més d'un subconjunt i cada un d'aquests és un grup. Teniu moltes maneres per a poder canviar el grup que utilitzeu actualment en el teclat."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Amb el ratolí"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid "You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr "Podeu canviar entre grups si feu un clic en la icona de la miniaplicació en el quadre. Els grups es canvien de manera cíclica, determinada per la configuració actual."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Menú emergent"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid "To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr "Per a especificar un grup en concret, seleccioneu <guisubmenu>Grups</guisubmenu> en el menú emergent. Des d'allà podeu seleccionar el grup al que voleu canviar."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Teclat"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr "En l'eina de preferències del <application>teclat</application> podeu establir quina tecla voleu fer servir per a canviar entre grups de teclat. Escolliu <guimenuitem>Preferències del teclat</guimenuitem> en el menú emergent de la miniaplicació i escolliu la tecla que voleu utilitzar a <guilabel>Canvi de grup/Comportament de blocatge</guilabel> que està a la pestanya <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Opcions de la disposició</guilabel></ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid "To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr "Per a afegir altres disposicions a la llista, obriu l'eina de preferències del <application>teclat</application>. Escolliu altres disposicions en la <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\">pestanya <guilabel>Disposicions</guilabel></ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Visualització de la disposició"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr "Escolliu <guimenuitem>Mostra la disposició actual</guimenuitem> des del menú emergent de la miniaplicació per a veure un diagrama de la disposició del teclat actual."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid "In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr "En la finestra <guilabel>Disposició del teclat</guilabel>, premeu una tecla del teclat perquè es ressalti la representació en el diagrama."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid "Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr "Cada tecla en el diagrama té fins a quatre caràcters. Es poden fer amb diferents modificadors del teclat, com segueix:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr "Pel caràcter que es mostra a baix a l'esquerra, premeu la tecla."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+msgstr "Pel caràcter que es mostra a dalt a l'esquerra, premeu la tecla amb la tecla de <keycap>majúscules</keycap>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third level modifier."

+msgstr "Pel caràcter que es mostra a baix a la dreta, premeu la tecla amb la modificadora de tercer nivell."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr "Pel caràcter que es mostra a dalt a la dreta, premeu la tecla amb la tecla de <keycap>majúscules</keycap> i la modificadora de tercer nivell."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid "By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "Per defecte, no hi ha cap tecla assignada com a modificadora de tercer nivell. Podeu assignar una tecla com a modificadora de tercer nivell en les <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">preferències de les opcions de la disposició del teclat</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Connectors"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid "To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr "Per a obrir el diàleg de <guilabel>Connectors de l'indicador del teclat</guilabel>, seleccioneu en el menú emergent l'opció de <guimenuitem>Connectors</guimenuitem>. A l'àrea de <guilabel>Connectors actius</guilabel> es mostren els connectors activats."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Afegir connectors nous"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr "Feu clic a <guibutton>Afegeix</guibutton>. En la finestra d'<guilabel>Afegeix un connector</guilabel>, seleccioneu un connector de l'àrea de <guilabel>Connectors disponibles</guilabel> i feu clic en el botó <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Suprimir un connector"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid "Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr "Seleccioneu el connector que ja no voleu més en l'àrea de <guilabel>Connectors actius</guilabel> i feu clic a <guibutton>Suprimeix</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Moure els elements en la llista de connectors"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid "To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr "Per a moure els elements cap amunt i cap avall en la llista de connectors de l'àrea de <guilabel>Connectors actius</guilabel>, seleccioneu el connector que voleu moure i feu clic a <guibutton>Puja</guibutton> o <guibutton>Baixa</guibutton>. Podeu fer servir les fletxes del teclat per a moure el punt de selecció cap amunt o cap avall."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Canviar les propietats d'un connector"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid "To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr "Per a canviar les propietats dels connectors, seleccioneu el connector que voleu i feu clic a <guibutton>Propietats</guibutton>. Les propietats canvien segons cada connector."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Gil Forcada <[email protected]>, 2008"

+

+# This is the Czech translation of gswitchit docs.

+# Lucas Lommer <[email protected]>, 2009.

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: mate-applets mate-2-28\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-07-16 10:58+0000\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-07-17 07:44+0100\n"

+"Last-Translator: Marek Černocký <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Czech <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n"

+"X-Poedit-Language: Czech\n"

+"X-Poedit-SourceCharset: utf-8\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Příručka Indikátoru klávesnice"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+"Indikátor klávesnice zobrazuje právě používané rozložení klávesnice a "

+"umožňuje přepínat mezi různými skupinami."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Dokumentační projekt MATE"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "srpen 2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "

+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Máte právo kopírovat, distribuovat a/nebo upravovat tento dokument v souladu "

+"s licencí GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), verze 1.1 nebo jakékoliv "

+"pozdější vydané Free Software Foundation bez neměnných sekcí, textů přebalu "

+"vpředu nebo vzadu. Kopii licence GFDL naleznete pod <ulink type=\"help\" url="

+"\"ghelp:fdl\">tímto odkazem</ulink> nebo v souboru COPYING-DOCS dodávaném s "

+"touto příručkou."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Tato příručka je součástí kolekce příruček MATE, distribuovaných pod "

+"licencí GNU FDL. Pokud chcete tento dokument šířit odděleně od kolekce, "

+"musíte přiložit kopii licence dle popisu v sekci 6 dané licence."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"Mnoho užívaných jmen určených k zviditelnění produktů nebo služeb jsou "

+"ochranné známky. Na místech, kde jsou tato jména v dokumentaci užita a "

+"členové Dokumentačního projektu MATE jsou si vědomi skutečnosti, že se "

+"jedná o ochrannou známku, je takové jméno psáno velkými písmeny celé nebo s "

+"velkým písmenem na začátku."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "

+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "

+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "

+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "

+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"DOKUMENT JE POSKYTOVÁN V PODOBĚ „JAK JE“ BEZ ZÁRUKY V JAKÉKOLIV PODOBĚ, "

+"NEPOSKYTUJÍ SE ANI ODVOZENÉ ZÁRUKY, ZÁRUKY, ŽE DOKUMENT, NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÁ "

+"VERZE, JE BEZCHYBNÝ NEBO ZÁRUKY PRODEJNOSTI, VHODNOSTI PRO URČITÝ ÚČEL NEBO "

+"NEPORUŠENOSTI. RIZIKO NEKVALITY, NEPŘESNOSTI A ŠPATNÉHO PROVEDENÍ DOKUMENTU, "

+"NEBO JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZE, LEŽÍ NA VÁS. POKUD KVŮLI TOMUTO DOKUMENTU, NEBO "

+"JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZI, NASTANE PROBLÉM, VY (NIKOLIV PŮVODNÍ AUTOR NEBO "

+"JAKÝKOLIV PŘISPĚVATEL) PŘEBÍRÁTE JAKÉKOLIV NÁKLADY ZA NUTNÉ ÚPRAVY, OPRAVY "

+"ČI SLUŽBY. TOTO PROHLÁŠENÍ O ZÁRUCE PŘEDSTAVUJE ZÁKLADNÍ SOUČÁST TÉTO "

+"LICENCE. BEZ TOHOTO PROHLÁŠENÍ NENÍ, PODLE TÉTO DOHODY, POVOLENO UŽÍVÁNÍ ANI "

+"ÚPRAVY TOHOTO DOKUMENTU; DÁLE"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "

+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "

+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "

+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "

+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"ZA ŽÁDNÝCH OKOLNOSTÍ A ŽÁDNÝCH PRÁVNÍCH PŘEDPOKLADŮ, AŤ SE JEDNÁ O PŘEČIN "

+"(VČETNĚ NEDBALOSTNÍCH), SMLOUVU NEBO JINÉ, NENÍ AUTOR, PŮVODNÍ PISATEL, "

+"KTERÝKOLIV PŘISPĚVATEL NEBO KTERÝKOLIV DISTRIBUTOR TOHOTO DOKUMENTU NEBO "

+"UPRAVENÉ VERZE DOKUMENTU NEBO KTERÝKOLIV DODAVATEL NĚKTERÉ Z TĚCHTO STRAN "

+"ODPOVĚDNÝ NĚJAKÉ OSOBĚ ZA PŘÍMÉ, NEPŘÍMÉ, SPECIÁLNÍ, NAHODILÉ NEBO NÁSLEDNÉ "

+"ŠKODY JAKÉHOKOLIV CHARAKTERU, VČETNĚ, ALE NEJEN, ZA POŠKOZENÍ ZE ZTRÁTY "

+"DOBRÉHO JMÉNA, PŘERUŠENÍ PRÁCE, PORUCHY NEBO NESPRÁVNÉ FUNKCE POČÍTAČE NEBO "

+"JINÉHO A VŠECH DALŠÍCH ŠKOD NEBO ZTRÁT VYVSTÁVAJÍCÍCH Z NEBO VZTAHUJÍCÍCH SE "

+"K POUŽÍVÁNÍ TOHOTO DOKUMENTU NEBO UPRAVENÝCH VERZÍ DOKUMENTU, I KDYŽ BY "

+"TAKOVÁTO STRANA BYLA INFORMOVANÁ O MOŽNOSTI TAKOVÉHOTO POŠKOZENÍ."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"DOKUMENT A JEHO UPRAVENÉ VERZE JSOU ŠÍŘENY V SOULADU SE ZNĚNÍM LICENCE GNU "

+"FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE S NÁSLEDUJÍCÍM USTANOVENÍM: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:91(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Tato příručka popisuje applet Indikátor klávesnice ve verzi 2.8."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:95(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Ohlasy"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:96(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pokud chcete oznámit chybu nebo navrhnout vylepšení vztahující se k appletu "

+"Indikátor klávesnice nebo této příručce, postupujte dle instrukcí na stránce "

+"<ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">Stránka ohlasů MATE</"

+"ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:105(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Indikátor klávesnice"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Úvod"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:111(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"<application>Indikátor klávesnice</application> zobrazuje aktuálně vybranou "

+"skupinu. Applet zobrazuje skupinu, kterou právě používáte. Krom běžných "

+"položek kontextového menu appletu vám <application>Indikátor klávesnice</"

+"application> navíc umožňuje otevřít nastavení appletu a přepínat mezi "

+"skupinami jazyků."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:117(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more "

+"on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pokud chcete přidat <application>Indikátor klávesnice</application> na "

+"panel, klepněte na něj pravým tlačítkem a zvolte <guimenuitem>Přidat na "

+"panel</guimenuitem>. V okně <application>Přidat na panel</application> "

+"zvolte ze seznamu <application>Indikátor klávesnice</application> a klepněte "

+"na tlačítko <guibutton>Přidat</guibutton>. Více informací popisuje <ulink "

+"type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Přidávání objektu na "

+"panel</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:123(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pokud chcete otevřít nástroj nastavení <application>Klávesnice</"

+"application>, zvolte z kontextové nabídky appletu <guimenuitem>Předvolby "

+"klávesnice</guimenuitem>. V tomto okně lze nastavit konfiguraci klávesnice "

+"(vybrat model, rozložení, vlastnosti atd.). Nápovědu týkající se nastavení "

+"klávesnice popisuje <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard"

+"\">Konfigurace nastavení klávesnice</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Přepínání jazyka"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:135(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"První, co byste měli vědět je, že skupina je sada znaků bez rozdílu, zda "

+"nějakého jazyka nebo s jazykem nesouvisející, jako například Dvorak. Každý "

+"jazyk může obsahovat jednu nebo více sad a každá tato sada se nazývá "

+"skupina. Existuje mnoho způsobů, jak přepínat skupiny, které používáte na "

+"klávesnici."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:143(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Klepnutí myší"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:144(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"Přepínat mezi skupinami můžete prostým klepnutím na ikonu appletu v panelu. "

+"Skupiny se přepínají v cyklu, který závisí na aktuálním nastavení skupin."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:149(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Kontextová nabídka"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:150(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"Pokud chcete vybrat konkrétní skupinu, zvolte z kontextové nabídky appletu "

+"položku <guisubmenu>Skupiny</guisubmenu>. Ze zobrazené nabídky vyberte "

+"požadovanou skupinu."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:155(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Klávesnice"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:156(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set "

+"which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. "

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet "

+"popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</"

+"guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+"V nástroji nastavení <application>Klávesnice</application> si můžete "

+"nastavit, pomocí jaké klávesové zkratky budete měnit rozložení klávesnice. Z "

+"kontextové nabídky appletu zvolte <guimenuitem>Předvolby klávesnice</"

+"guimenuitem> a na kartě <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-"

+"layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Rozložení</guilabel></ulink> klepněte na tlačítko "

+"<guibutton>Možnosti rozložení</guibutton>. Nastavení se nachází ve skupině "

+"<guilabel>Chování skupiny Shift/Lock</guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:163(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pokud chcete do seznamu přidat další rozložení, otevřete nástroj nastavení "

+"<application>Klávesnice</application>. Nastavení je umístěno na <ulink url="

+"\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\">kartě <guilabel>Rozložení</"

+"guilabel></ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Prohlídka rozložení"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+"Z kontextové nabídky appletu zvolte <guimenuitem>Zobrazit aktuální "

+"rozložení</guimenuitem> a zobrazí se nákres rozložení klávesnice."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:169(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr ""

+"V okně <guilabel>Rozložení klávesnice</guilabel> je po stisknutí libovolné "

+"klávesy na klávesnici vyznačeno její umístění v nákresu."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced "

+"with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr ""

+"Každá klávesa nákresu má nejvíce čtyři znaky. Ty lze postupně zapsat pomocí "

+"různých modifikátorů klávesnice takto:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr ""

+"Znak zobrazený vlevo dole lze zapsat prostým stisknutím samotné klávesy."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr ""

+"Znak zobrazený vlevo nahoře lze zapsat stisknutím klávesy zároveň s klávesou "

+"<keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:174(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Znak zobrazený vpravo dole lze zapsat stisknutím klávesy zároveň s klávesou "

+"modifikátoru pro třetí úroveň."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Znak zobrazený vpravo nahoře lze zapsat stisknutím klávesy zároveň s "

+"klávesou <keycap>Shift</keycap> a modifikátoru pro třetí úroveň."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:177(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout "

+"Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Ve výchozím nastavení není modifikátor třetí úrovně přiřazen žádné klávese. "

+"Pokud chcete přiřadit nějaké klávese funkci modifikátoru pro třetí úroveň, "

+"použijte <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-"

+"layoutoptions\">možnosti nastavení rozložení klávesnice</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:183(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Zásuvné moduly"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:184(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"Zvolením položky <guimenuitem>Zásuvné moduly</guimenuitem> z kontextové "

+"nabídky otevřete okno <guilabel>Zásuvné moduly indikátoru klávesnice</"

+"guilabel>. Aktuálně používané moduly jsou vypsány v políčku "

+"<guilabel>Aktivní zásuvné moduly</guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:189(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Přidání nového zásuvného modulu"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:190(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Klepněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Přidat</guibutton>, v nově otevřeném okně "

+"<guilabel>Přidat zásuvný modul</guilabel> vyberte libovolný modul ze seznamu "

+"<guilabel>Dostupné zásuvné moduly</guilabel> a klepněte na tlačítko "

+"<guibutton>Budiž</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:196(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Odstranění zásuvného modulu"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:197(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Vyberte v seznamu <guilabel>Aktivních zásuvných modulů</guilabel> ten, který "

+"chcete odebrat a klepněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Odstranit</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:202(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Změna pořadí v seznamu aktivních zásuvných modulů"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:203(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"Pokud chcete změnit pozici nějakého modulu v seznamu <guilabel>Aktivních "

+"zásuvných modulů</guilabel>, vyberte jej a klepněte na tlačítko "

+"<guibutton>Výš</guibutton> nebo <guibutton>Níž</guibutton>. Také můžete k "

+"přesunu výběru použít kurzorové klávesy se šipkami."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:210(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Změna vlastností zásuvného modulu"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:211(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"Pokud chcete změnit vlastnosti zásuvného modulu, vyberte jej ze seznamu a "

+"klepněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Vlastnosti</guibutton>. Možnosti nastavení "

+"se liší pro každý zásuvný modul."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Lucas Lommer <[email protected]>, 2009."

+# German translation of the accessx-status manual.

+# Mario Blättermann <[email protected]>, 2009.

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: \n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-02-05 19:31+0000\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-08 17:16+0100\n"

+"Last-Translator: Mario Blättermann <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: German <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"X-Poedit-Language: German\n"

+"X-Poedit-Country: GERMANY\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Tastaturindikator-Applet-Handbuch"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+"Der Tastaturindikator zeigt die aktive Tastaturgruppe an und ermöglicht Ihnen "

+"den Wechsel zwischen verschiedenen Gruppen."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "MATE-Dokumentationsprojekt"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "August 2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in "

+"the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Das vorliegende Dokument kann gemäß den Bedingungen der GNU Free "

+"Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 oder jeder späteren, von der Free "

+"Software Foundation veröffentlichten Version ohne unveränderbare Abschnitte "

+"sowie ohne Texte auf dem vorderen und hinteren Buchdeckel kopiert, verteilt "

+"und/oder modifiziert werden. Eine Kopie der GFDL finden Sie unter diesem "

+"<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">Link</ulink> oder in der mit diesem "

+"Handbuch gelieferten Datei COPYING-DOCS."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Dieses Handbuch ist Teil einer Sammlung von MATE-Handbüchern, die unter der "

+"GFDL veröffentlicht werden. Wenn Sie dieses Handbuch getrennt von der "

+"Sammlung weiterverbreiten möchten, können Sie das tun, indem Sie eine Kopie "

+"der Lizenz zum Handbuch hinzufügen, wie es in Abschnitt 6 der Lizenz "

+"beschrieben ist."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"Viele der Namen, die von Unternehmen verwendet werden, um ihre Produkte und "

+"Dienstleistungen von anderen zu unterscheiden, sind eingetragene "

+"Warenzeichen. An den Stellen, an denen diese Namen in einer MATE-"

+"Dokumentation erscheinen, werden die Namen in Großbuchstaben oder mit einem "

+"großen Anfangsbuchstaben geschrieben, wenn das MATE-Dokumentationsprojekt "

+"auf diese Warenzeichen hingewiesen wird."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK "

+"AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED "

+"VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR "

+"CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS "

+"LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS "

+"AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"DIESES DOKUMENT WIRD »WIE VORLIEGEND« GELIEFERT, OHNE GARANTIEN IRGENDEINER "

+"ART, SOWOHL AUSDRÜCKLICH GENANNTE ALS AUCH ANGEDEUTETE. DIES BEZIEHT SICH "

+"AUCH OHNE EINSCHRÄNKUNG AUF GARANTIEN, DASS DIESES DOKUMENT ODER VERÄNDERTE "

+"FASSUNGEN DIESES DOKUMENTS FREI VON HANDELSDEFEKTEN, FÜR EINEN BESTIMMTEN "

+"ZWECK GEEIGNET IST ODER DASS ES KEINE RECHTE DRITTER VERLETZT. DAS VOLLE "

+"RISIKO WAS QUALITÄT, GENAUIGKEIT UND LEISTUNG DES DOKUMENTS ODER VERÄNDERTE "

+"FASSUNGEN DES DOKUMENTS LIEGT BEI IHNEN. SOLLTE EIN DOKUMENT ODER EINE "

+"VERÄNDERTE FASSUNG DAVON FEHLER IRGENDEINER ART BEINHALTEN, TRAGEN SIE (NICHT "

+"DER URSPRUNGSAUTOR, DER AUTOR ODER EIN MITWIRKENDER) DIE KOSTEN FÜR "

+"NOTWENDIGE DIENSTLEISTUNGEN, REPARATUREN ODER FEHLERKORREKTUREN. DIESER "

+"HAFTUNGSAUSSCHLUSS IST EIN ESSENZIELLER TEIL DIESER LIZENZ. DIE VERWENDUNG "

+"EINES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER VERÄNDERTEN VERSION DES DOKUMENTS IST NICHT "

+"GESTATTET AUßER UNTER BEACHTUNG DIESES HAFTUNGSAUSSCHLUSSES UND"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR "

+"ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY "

+"CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK "

+"STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR "

+"LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"UNTER KEINEN UMSTÄNDEN UND AUF BASIS KEINER RECHTSGRUNDLAGE, EGAL OB DURCH "

+"UNERLAUBTEN HANDLUNGEN (EINSCHLIEßLICH FAHRLÄSSIGKEIT), VERTRAG ODER "

+"ANDERWEITIG KANN DER AUTOR, URSPRUNGSAUTOR, EIN MITWIRKENDER ODER EIN "

+"VERTRIEBSPARTNER DIESES DOKUMENTS ODER EINER VERÄNDERTEN FASSUNG DES "

+"DOKUMENTS ODER EIN ZULIEFERER EINER DIESER PARTEIEN, HAFTBAR GEMACHT WERDEN "

+"FÜR DIREKTE, INDIREKTE, SPEZIELLE, VERSEHENTLICHE ODER FOLGESCHÄDEN JEGLICHER "

+"ART, EINSCHLIEßLICH UND OHNE EINSCHRÄNKUNGEN SCHÄDEN DURCH VERLUST VON "

+"KULANZ, ARBEITSAUSFALL, COMPUTERVERSAGEN ODER COMPUTERFEHLFUNKTIONEN ODER "

+"ALLE ANDEREN SCHÄDEN ODER VERLUSTE, DIE SICH AUS ODER IN VERBINDUNG MIT DER "

+"VERWENDUNG DES DOKUMENTS UND VERÄNDERTER FASSUNGEN DES DOKUMENTS ERGEBEN, "

+"AUCH WENN DIE OBEN GENANNTEN PARTEIEN ÜBER DIE MÖGLICHKEIT SOLCHER SCHÄDEN "

+"INFORMIERT WAREN."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"DAS DOKUMENT UND VERÄNDERTE FASSUNGEN DES DOKUMENTS WERDEN UNTER DEN "

+"BEDINGUNGEN DER GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE ZUR VERFÜGUNG GESTELLT MIT DEM "

+"WEITERGEHENDEN VERSTÄNDNIS, DASS: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Dieses Handbuch beschreibt Version 2.8 des Tastaturindikator-Applets."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Rückmeldungen"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback"

+"\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Um einen Fehler zu melden oder einen Vorschlag zum Tastaturindikator-Applet "

+"oder zu diesem Handbuch zu machen, folgen Sie den Anweisungen auf der <ulink "

+"url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE-Seite für Rückmeldungen</"

+"ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Tastaturindikator"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Einführung"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"Der <application>Tastaturindikator</application> stellt die aktive "

+"Tastaturbelegungsgruppe dar. Das Applet zeigt an, welche Gruppe Sie "

+"gegenwärtig benutzen. Zusätzlich zu den Standardfunktionen eines Applet-"

+"Kontextmenüs erlaubt Ihnen der <application>Tastaturindikator</application> "

+"auch das Öffnen eines Einstellungswerkzeugs und den Wechsel zwischen "

+"Sprachgruppen."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on "

+"this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Um den <application>Tastaturindikator</application> zu einem Panel "

+"hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Panel und wählen "

+"dann aus dem Kontextmenü <guimenuitem>Zum Panel hinzufügen</guimenuitem>. "

+"Wählen Sie <application>Tastaturindikator</application> im Dialog "

+"<application>Zum Panel hinzufügen</application>. Klicken Sie dann auf "

+"<guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton>. Weitere Informationen darüber finden Sie "

+"in <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Hinzufügen "

+"eines Objekts zu einem Panel</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Um das Einstellungswerkzeug <application>Tastatur</application> zu öffnen, "

+"wählen Sie <guimenuitem>Tastatureinstellungen</guimenuitem> im Kontextmenü "

+"des Applets. Es könnte notwendig sein, diesen Dialog zu öffnen, um die "

+"Tastatureinstellungen zu ändern (Modell, Belegungen, Optionen usw.). Hilfe zu "

+"den Tastatureinstellungen finden Sie in <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-"

+"keyboard\">Tastatureinstellungen</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Ändern der Sprache"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for a "

+"language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Zunächst sollten Sie wissen, dass eine Gruppe ein Zeichensatz ist, sei es ein "

+"sprachbezogener oder auch ein nicht sprachbezogener Zeichensatz, z.B. Dvorak. "

+"Jede Sprache kann mehr als einen Teilzeichensatz enthalten, und jeder dieser "

+"Teilsätze wird als Gruppe bezeichnet. Es gibt mehrere Möglichkeiten, die "

+"verwendeten Gruppen auf Ihrer Tastatur zu wechseln."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Mausklick"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel icon. "

+"The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"Sie können durch Anklicken des Symbols des Applets im Panel die Gruppen "

+"wechseln. Die Gruppen werden gemäß der in der aktuellen Konfiguration "

+"festgelegten Reihenfolge gewechselt."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Kontextmenü"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"Um eine bestimmte Gruppe zu wählen, wählen Sie <guisubmenu>Gruppen</"

+"guisubmenu> aus dem Kontextmenü. Von hier aus können Sie die Gruppe "

+"auswählen, zu der Sie wechseln wollen."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Tastatur"

+

+# Sobald es eine Übersetzung für Group Shift/Lock behavior gibt, bitte ändern.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set which "

+"key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-"

+"guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></"

+"ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+"Im Einstellungswerkzeug <application>Tastatur</application> können Sie "

+"festlegen, welche Taste Ihrer Tastatur Sie zum Wechseln der Gruppen verwenden "

+"wollen. Wählen Sie <guimenuitem>Tastatureinstellungen</guimenuitem> im "

+"Kontextmenü des Applets. Anschließend wählen Sie im Reiter <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Belegungsoptionen</"

+"guilabel></ulink> unter <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>die "

+"gewünschteTaste aus."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Um weitere Belegungen zur Liste hinzuzufügen, öffnen Sie das "

+"Einstellungswerkzeug <application>Tastatur</application>. Im Reiter <ulink "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Belegungen</"

+"guilabel></ulink> können Sie weitere Belegungen auswählen."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Belegungsansicht"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+"Wählen Sie <guimenuitem>Aktuelles Layout anzeigen</guimenuitem>, um ein "

+"Diagramm Ihrer gegenwärtigen Tastaturbelegung anzuzeigen."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr ""

+"Im Fenster <guilabel>Tastatur-Layout</guilabel> drücken Sie eine Taste Ihrer "

+"Tastatur, um deren Entsprechung im Diagramm hervorzuheben."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with "

+"different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr ""

+"Jede Taste im Diagramm verfügt über bis zu vier Zeichen. Diese können wie "

+"folgt über Modifikationstasten erzeugt werden:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr ""

+"Um das links unten angezeigte Zeichen zu erzeugen, drücken Sie die Taste "

+"allein."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr ""

+"Um das links oben angezeigte Zeichen zu erzeugen, drücken Sie die Taste "

+"zusammen mit der <keycap>Umschalttaste</keycap>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Um das rechts unten angezeigte Zeichen zu erzeugen, drücken Sie die Taste "

+"zusammen mit der Modifikationstaste der dritten Ebene."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Um das rechts oben angezeigte Zeichen zu erzeugen, drücken Sie die Taste "

+"zusammen mit der <keycap>Umschalttaste</keycap> und der Modifikationstaste "

+"der dritten Ebene."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" url="

+"\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout Options "

+"Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Standardmäßig ist keine Taste als Modifikationstaste der dritten Ebene "

+"zugeordnet. Wie Sie dies zuordnen können, lesen Sie in den <ulink type=\"help"

+"\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Einstellungen der "

+"Tastaturbelegung</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Plugins"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"Um den Dialog <guilabel>Tastaturindikator-Plugins</guilabel> zu öffnen, "

+"wählen Sie <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> aus dem Kontextmenü. Die "

+"aktuellen Plugins werden im Bereich <guilabel>Aktive Plugins</guilabel> "

+"angezeigt."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Hinzufügen eines neuen Plugins"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton>. Im Fenster "

+"<guilabel>Plugin hinzufügen</guilabel> können Sie eines der Plugins im "

+"Bereich <guilabel>Verfügbare Plugins</guilabel> auswählen. Klicken Sie dann "

+"auf <guibutton>Hinzufügen</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Entfernen eines Plugins"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you do "

+"not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Wählen Sie das nicht mehr benötigte Plugin im Bereich <guilabel>Aktive "

+"Plugins</guilabel> aus und klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Löschen</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Verschieben von Einträgen in der Plugin-Liste"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"Um Plugins innerhalb der Plugin-Liste nach oben oder unten zu verschieben, "

+"wählen Sie das zu verschiebende Plugin aus und klicken Sie auf "

+"<guibutton>Nach oben</guibutton> oder <guibutton>Nach unten</guibutton>. Sie "

+"können auch die Pfeiltasten Ihrer Tastatur verwenden, um das ausgewählte "

+"Plugin nach oben oder nach unten zu verschieben."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Ändern der Eigenschaften eines Plugins"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and click "

+"<guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"Um die Eigenschaften eines Plugins zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte "

+"Plugin aus und klicken anschließend auf <guibutton>Eigenschaften</guibutton>. "

+"Die änderbaren Eigenschaften sind nicht für alle Plugins in gleichem Umfang "

+"verfügbar."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Mario Blättermann <[email protected]>, 2009"

+# Greek translation of gswitchit documentation.

+# Copyright (C) Free Software Foundation, 2007.

+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.

+# Dimitrios Typaldos <[email protected]>, 2007.

+#

+# Μάριος Ζηντίλης <[email protected]>, 2009.

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: gswitchit.docs\n"

+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-05-03 21:51+0000\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-27 02:09+0300\n"

+"Last-Translator: Μάριος Ζηντίλης <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Greek <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Ένδειξη Γλώσσας Πληκτρολογίου"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+"Η ένδειξη γλώσσας πληκτρολογίου παρουσιάζει την ενεργή ομάδα πληκτρολογίου "

+"και παρέχει δυνατότητα εναλλαγών ανάμεσα σε διάφορες ομάδες."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Έργο Τεκμηρίωσης MATE"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "

+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Σας παρέχεται άδεια να αντιγράψετε, διανείμετε ή/και να τροποποιήσετε το "

+"υπάρχον κείμενο υπό τους όρους της άδειας GNU Free Documentation License "

+"(GFDL), έκδοση 1.1, ή οποιαδήποτε μεταγενέστερη έκδοση που να έχει εκδοθεί "

+"από το Free Software Foundation υπό τις προϋποθέσεις no Invariant Sections, "

+"no Front-Cover Texts, και no Back-Cover Texts. Μπορείτε να βρείτε αντίγραφο "

+"του GFDL σε αυτό το <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">σύνδεσμο</ulink> "

+"ή στο αρχείο COPYING-DOCS όπως διανέμεται με αυτή την τεκμηρίωση."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Αυτή η τεκμηρίωση είναι μέρος της συλλογής τεκμηρίωσης του MATE όπως "

+"διανέμεται υπό τους όρους του GFDL. Εάν επιθυμείτε να διανείμετε αυτή την "

+"τεκμηρίωση ξεχωριστά από την συλλογή, μπορείτε να το κάνετε εάν η τεκμηρίωση "

+"συνοδεύεται από αντίγραφο της άδειας (GFDL) όπως περιγράφεται στον τομέα 6 "

+"της άδειας."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"Πολλά από τα ονόματα που χρησιμοποιούνται από εταιρίες για να ξεχωρίσουν τα "

+"προϊόντα και τις υπηρεσίες είναι σήματα κατατεθέν. Όπου αυτά τα ονόματα "

+"εμφανίζονται στην τεκμηρίωση MATE, και τα μέλη της ομάδας τεκμηρίωσης MATE "

+"έχουν γνώση αυτών, τότε αυτά αναγράφονται με κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες ή με "

+"αρχικούς κεφαλαίους χαρακτήρες."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "

+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "

+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "

+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "

+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"Η ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ ΠΑΡΕΧΕΤΑΙ \"ΩΣ ΕΧΕΙ\", ΧΩΡΙΣ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΕΓΓΥΗΣΗ ΟΤΙ ΜΠΟΡΕΙ ΝΑ "

+"ΕΞΥΠΗΡΕΤΗΣΕΙ ΚΑΠΟΙΟ ΣΚΟΠΟ Η ΟΤΙ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΧΩΡΙΣ ΣΦΑΛΜΑ. ΟΛΟΚΛΗΡΗ Η ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΓΙΑ "

+"ΤΗΝ ΠΟΙΟΤΗΤΑ, ΑΚΡΙΒΕΙΑ ΚΑΙ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΚΟΤΗΤΑ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ "

+"ΑΥΤΗΣ ΑΝΗΚΕΙ ΣΕ ΕΣΑΣ. ΕΑΝ Η ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΑΥΤΗ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΗ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΛΑΘΟΣ "

+"ΚΑΤΑ ΚΑΠΟΙΟ ΤΡΟΠΟ ΕΣΕΙΣ ΑΝΑΛΑΜΒΑΝΕΤΕ ΤΗΝ ΕΥΘΥΝΗ ΤΗΣ ΔΙΟΡΘΩΣΗΣ. Η ΑΠΑΛΛΑΓΗ "

+"ΕΥΘΥΝΗΣ ΠΟΥ ΣΥΝΟΔΕΥΕΙ ΑΥΤΗ ΤΗΝ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗ ΕΙΝΑΙ ΑΝΑΠΟΣΠΑΣΤΟ ΚΟΜΜΑΤΙ ΑΥΤΗΣ. "

+"ΚΑΜΙΑ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ ΑΥΤΗΣ ΔΕΝ ΕΠΙΤΡΕΠΕΤΑΙ ΠΑΡΑ ΜΟΝΟ ΕΑΝ "

+"ΣΥΝΟΔΕΥΕΤΑΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΑΠΑΛΛΑΓΗ ΕΥΘΥΝΗΣ ΚΑΙ"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "

+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "

+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "

+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "

+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"ΣΕ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΠΕΡΙΠΤΩΣΗ ΚΑΙ ΥΠΟ ΚΑΜΙΑ ΝΟΜΙΚΗ ΣΥΝΘΗΚΗ, ΕΙΤΕ ΜΕΣΩ ΣΥΜΒΟΛΑΙΩΝ Ή "

+"ΑΛΛΙΩΣ, ΔΕΝ ΕΥΘΥΝΟΝΤΑΙ Ο ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΕΑΣ, Ο ΔΙΑΝΟΜΕΑΣ, Η ΑΛΛΟΣ ΣΥΝΥΠΕΥΘΥΝΟΣ ΓΙΑ "

+"ΤΗΝ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΦΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ, ΓΙΑ ΕΜΜΕΣΕΣ Η ΑΜΕΣΕΣ, ΤΥΧΑΙΕΣ Ή ΜΗ ΖΗΜΙΕΣ "

+"ΠΑΝΤΩΣ ΦΥΣΕΩΣ ΠΟΥ ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΝΤΑΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΧΡΗΣΗ ΤΗΣ ΤΕΚΜΗΡΙΩΣΗΣ ΚΑΙ/Ή ΠΑΡΑΛΛΑΓΩΝ "

+"ΑΥΤΗΣ ΑΚΟΜΑ ΚΑΙ ΕΑΝ ΕΧΕΙ ΥΠΑΡΞΕΙ ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΙΘΑΝΟΤΗΤΑ ΥΠΑΡΞΗΣ "

+"ΤΕΤΟΙΩΝ ΖΗΜΙΩΝ."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"ΤΟ ΈΓΓΡΑΦΟ ΚΑΙ ΤΡΟΠΟΠΟΙΗΜΕΝΕΣ ΕΚΔΟΣΕΙΣ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΠΑΡΕΧΟΝΤΑΙ ΥΠΟ ΤΟΥΣ ΟΡΟΥΣ ΤΗΣ "

+"ΑΔΕΙΑΣ GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION ΜΕ ΤΗΝ ΠΕΡΑΙΤΕΡΩ ΔΙΕΥΚΡΙΝΙΣΗ ΟΤΙ: <placeholder-"

+"1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr ""

+"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο περιγράφει την έκδοση 2.8 της μικροεφαρμογής Ένδειξης "

+"Γλώσσας Πληκτρολογίου."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Ανάδραση"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Για να αναφέρετε ένα σφάλμα ή να κάνετε μια πρόταση σχετικά με τη "

+"μικροεφαρμογή Ένδειξης γλώσσας πληκτρολογίου ή αυτή την τεκμηρίωση, "

+"ακολουθήστε τις οδηγίες στη σελίδα <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type="

+"\"help\">ανάδρασης MATE </ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Ένδειξη γλώσσας πληκτρολογίου"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Εισαγωγή"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"Το <application>Πληκτρολόγιο</application> υποδεικνύει την ενεργή ομάδα "

+"πληκτρολογίου. Η μικροεφαρμογή σας δείχνει ποια ομάδα είναι ενεργή. Πέρα από "

+"τις προκαθορισμένες λειτουργίες στο αναδυόμενο μενού, η μικροεφαρμογή "

+"<application>Πληκτρολόγιο</application> σας επιτρέπει μέσα από αυτό την "

+"ενεργοποίηση του εργαλείου Προτιμήσεων και την εναλλαγή ανάμεσα σε διάφορες "

+"ομάδες γλωσσών."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more "

+"on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Για να προσθέσετε στον πίνακα εφαρμογών τη μικροεφαρμογή "

+"<application>Ένδειξη γλώσσας πληκτρολογίου</application> σε ένα πίνακα "

+"εφαρμογών, κάντε δεξί κλικ πάνω στον πίνακα εφαρμογών και επιλέξτε "

+"<guimenuitem>Προσθήκη στον πίνακα εφαρμογών</guimenuitem>. Επιλέξτε την "

+"μικροεφαρμογή <application>Ένδειξη γλώσσας πληκτρολογίου</application> στον "

+"διάλογο του <application>Προσθήκη στον πίνακα εφαρμογών</application>, "

+"έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>. Για περισσότερες "

+"πληροφορίες πάνω σε αυτό, ανατρέξτε στο <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide?panels-addobject\">Προσθήκη αντικειμένου στον πίνακα εφαρμογών</"

+"ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Για την ενεργοποίηση του εργαλείου προτιμήσεων για το "

+"<application>Πληκτρολόγιο</application>, επιλέξτε <guimenuitem>Προτιμήσεις "

+"πληκτρολογίου</guimenuitem> στο αναδυόμενο μενού μικροεφαρμογών. Μπορεί να "

+"χρειαστεί να επισκεφτείτε αυτό το διάλογο για τη διαμόρφωση του "

+"πληκτρολογίου (επιλογή μοντέλου, διατάξεων, επιλογών, κλπ.). Για βοήθεια "

+"πάνω στις ρυθμίσεις προτιμήσεων του πληκτρολογίου, ανατρέξτε στο <ulink url="

+"\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Ρυθμίσεις Προτιμήσεων Πληκτρολογίου</"

+"ulink>."

+

+#

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Εναλλαγή γλώσσας"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Αρχικά, πρέπει να γνωρίζετε ότι μία ομάδα είναι ένα σύνολο χαρακτήρων, που "

+"αντιστοιχεί σε ένα σετ χαρακτήρων, σχετικά ή ανεξάρτητα με κάποια γλώσσα, "

+"όπως μία διάταξη πληκτρολογίου. Κάθε γλώσσα μπορεί να διαθέτει περισσότερα "

+"από ένα υποσύνολα, και καθένα από αυτά ονομάζεται ομάδα. Υπάρχουν πολλοί "

+"τρόποι να αλλάζετε την ομάδα που χρησιμοποιείτε στο πληκτρολόγιό σας."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Κλικ ποντικιού"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"Μπορείτε να εναλλάσεστε μεταξύ ομάδων με ένα μόνο κλικ στο σχετικό εικονίδιο "

+"του πίνακα εφαρμογών. Οι ομάδες εναλλάσονται κυκλικά όπως έχει καθοριστεί "

+"στην τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Αναδυόμενο Μενού"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"Για την ενεργοποίηση μίας συγκεκριμένης ομάδας, επιλέξτε <guisubmenu>Ομάδες "

+"</guisubmenu> από το αναδυόμενο μενού. Από εκείνο το σημείο, επιλέξτε την "

+"ομάδα στην οποία επιθυμείτε να μεταβείτε."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set "

+"which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. "

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet "

+"popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</"

+"guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+"Στο εργαλείο προτιμήσεων για το <application>Πληκτρολόγιο</application>, "

+"μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το πλήκτρο που επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιείται για την "

+"εναλλαγή μεταξύ των ομάδων του πληκτρολογίου σας. Επιλέξτε "

+"<guimenuitem>Άνοιγμα προτιμήσεων πληκτρολογίου</guimenuitem> στο αναδυόμενο "

+"μενού μικροεφαρμογών, και κατόπιν καθορίστε το πλήκτρο που επιθυμείτε να "

+"χρησιμοποιείτε στην καρτέλα <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-"

+"layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Επιλογές Διάταξης</guilabel></ulink>, στην ένδειξη "

+"<guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Για προσθήκη επιπρόσθετων διατάξεων στη λίστα, ανοίξτε το εργαλείο "

+"<application>Προτιμήσεις πληκτρολογίου</application>. Κατόπιν επιλέξτε άλλες "

+"διατάξεις πληκτρολογίου στην <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-"

+"layouts\"><guilabel>Διατάξεις</guilabel>καρτέλα</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Εμφάνιση τρέχουσας διάταξης"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+"Επιλέξτε <guimenuitem>Εμφάνιση τρέχουσας διάταξης</guimenuitem> από το "

+"αναδυόμενο μενού της μικροεφαρμογής για να δείτε ένα σχεδιάγραμμα της "

+"τρέχουσας διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr ""

+"Στο παράθυρο <guilabel>Εμφάνιση τρέχουσας διάταξης</guilabel>, πιέστε ένα "

+"πλήκτρο στο πληκτρολόγιό σας για να δείτε την αναπαράσταση της λειτουργίας "

+"του στο σχεδιάγραμμα."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced "

+"with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr ""

+"Κάθε πλήκτρο μπορεί να αντιστοιχίζεται μέχρι και σε τέσσερις χαρακτήρες. "

+"Αυτοί μπορούν να εμφανιστούν με διάφορους μετατροπείς πληκτρολογίου, όπως θα "

+"δείτε παρακάτω:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr ""

+"Για το χαρακτήρα που εμφανίζεται στο κάτω αριστερό μέρος, πιέστε μόνο το "

+"πλήκτρο."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr ""

+"Για το χαρακτήρα που εμφανίζεται στο επάνω αριστερό μέρος, πιέστε το πλήκτρο "

+"με <keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Για το χαρακτήρα που εμφανίζεται στο κάτω δεξί μέρος, πιέστε το πλήκτρο με "

+"το μετατροπέα τρίτης βαθμίδας."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Για το χαρακτήρα που εμφανίζεται στο επάνω δεξί μέρος, πιέστε το πλήκτρο με "

+"<keycap>Shift</keycap> και το μετατροπέα τρίτης βαθμίδας."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout "

+"Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Ως προεπιλογή, κανένα πλήκτρο δεν έχει καθοριστεί ως μετατροπέας τρίτης "

+"βαθμίδας. Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε κάποιο πλήκτρο με αυτήν την ιδιότητα στις "

+"<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"

+"\">Επιλογές Διάταξης Προτιμήσεων Πληκτρολογίου</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Πρόσθετες λειτουργίες"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"Για ενεργοποιήση του διαλόγου <guilabel>Πρόσθετες λειτουργίες ένδειξης "

+"γλώσσας πληκτρολογίου</guilabel>, επιλέξτε <guimenuitem>Πρόσθετες "

+"λειτουργίες</guimenuitem> από το αναδυόμενο μενού. Οι τρέχουσες πρόσθετες "

+"λειτουργίες εμφανίζονται στο χώρο <guilabel>Ενεργές πρόσθετες λειτουργίες</"

+"guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Εισαγωγή Πρόσθετης Λειτουργίας"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προσθήκη</guibutton>. Στο παράθυρο <guilabel>Προσθήκη "

+"νέας λειτουργίας</guilabel>, επιλέξτε μία εφαρμογή στο χώρο "

+"<guilabel>Διαθέσιμες εφαρμογές</guilabel> και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί "

+"<guibutton>Εντάξει</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Απομάκρυνση Πρόσθετης Λειτουργίας"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Επιλέξτε την πρόσθετη λειτουργία που δεν επιθυμείτε πλέον στο χώρο "

+"<guilabel>Ενεργές πρόσθετες λειτουργίες</guilabel> και κάντε κλικ στο "

+"<guibutton>Απομάκρυνση</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Μετακίνηση στη Λίστα Πρόσθετων Λειτουργιών"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"Για τη μετακίνηση αντικειμένων πάνω και κάτω μέσα στη λίστα των πρόσθετων "

+"λειτουργιών στο χώρο <guilabel>Ενεργές πρόσθετες λειτουργίες</guilabel>, "

+"επιλέξτε τη συγκεκριμένη εφαρμογή που θέλετε να μετακινήσετε, και κάντε κλικ "

+"στην επιλογή <guibutton>Πάνω</guibutton> ή <guibutton>Κάτω</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Αλλαγή ιδιοτήτων Πρόσθετης Λειτουργίας"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"Για αλλαγή ιδιοτήτων στις πρόσθετες λειτουργίες, επιλέξτε τη λειτουργία που "

+"επιθυμείτε και κάντε κλικ στις <guibutton>Ιδιότητες</guibutton>. Οι "

+"ιδιότητες είναι διαφορετικές για κάθε πρόσθετη λειτουργία."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr ""

+"Ελληνική μεταφραστική ομάδα MATE - http://www.mate.gr/\n"

+" Δημήτριος Τυπάλδος <[email protected]>"

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: keyboard-indicator-doc\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-25 06:57+0000\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-25 08:14-0000\n"

+"Last-Translator: David Lodge <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: en_GB <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid "The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching between different groups."

+msgstr "The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching between different groups."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year)

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "MATE Documentation Project"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid "This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."

+msgstr "This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the manual, as described in section 6 of the licence."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

+msgstr "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENCE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORISED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Feedback"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Keyboard Indicator"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Introduction"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid "<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr "<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from the standard applet pop-up menu functions, the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet pop-up menu allows you to launch the applet Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid "To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr "To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid "To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard (choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet pop-up menu. You may need to go to this dialogue to be able to configure the keyboard (choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Switching Language"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid "First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your keyboard."

+msgstr "First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your keyboard."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Mouse Click"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid "You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr "You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Popup Menu"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid "To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr "To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the pop-up menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Keyboard"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet pop-up menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid "To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr "To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Layout View"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr "Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet pop-up menu to see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid "In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr "In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid "Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr "Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+msgstr "For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third level modifier."

+msgstr "For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third level modifier."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr "For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the third level modifier."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid "By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout Options Preferences</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Plug-ins"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid "To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr "To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plug-ins</guilabel> dialogue, select <guimenuitem>Plug-ins</guimenuitem> from the pop-up menu. Your current plug-ins are shown in the <guilabel>Active plug-ins</guilabel> area."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Adding a New Plugin"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plug-in</guilabel> window, select one of the plug-ins in the <guilabel>Available plug-ins</guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Removing a Plug-in"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid "Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr "Select the plug-in in the <guilabel>Active plug-ins</guilabel> area that you do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Moving Items in the Plug-in List"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid "To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr "To move items up and down the plug-in list in the <guilabel>Active plug-ins</guilabel> area, select the plug-in you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Changing the Properties of a Plug-in"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid "To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr "To change the properties of the plug-ins, select the plug-in you want and click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plug-in."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "David Lodge <[email protected]>"

+

+# translation of gswitchit.HEAD.po to Español

+# translation of es.po to

+#

+# Francisco Javier F. Serrador <[email protected]>, 2005, 2006.

+# Jorge González <[email protected]>, 2007.

+# Jorge González <[email protected]>, 2008.

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: gswitchit.HEAD\n"

+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-04-17 21:31+0100\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-03-05 11:36+0100\n"

+"Last-Translator: Jorge González <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Español <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Manual del Indicador del teclado"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+"El Indicador del teclado muestra el grupo activo del teclado y activa el "

+"cambio entre diferentes grupos."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Proyecto de documentación de MATE"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "

+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Se concede permiso para copiar, distribuir o modificar este documento según "

+"las condiciones de la GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Versión 1.1 o "

+"cualquier versión posterior publicada por la Free Software Foundation sin "

+"Secciones invariantes, Textos de portada y Textos de contraportada. "

+"Encontrará una copia de la GFDL en este <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl"

+"\">enlace</ulink> o en el archivo COPYING-DOCS distribuido con este manual."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Este manual forma parte de una colección de documentos de MATE distribuidos "

+"según la GFDL. Si desea distribuir este manual de forma independiente de la "

+"colección, puede hacerlo agregando una copia de la licencia al documento, "

+"según se describe en la sección 6 de la misma."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"Muchos de los nombres utilizados por las empresas para distinguir sus "

+"productos y servicios se consideran marcas comerciales. Cuando estos nombres "

+"aparezcan en la documentación de MATE, y siempre que se haya informado a "

+"los miembros del Proyecto de documentación de MATE de dichas marcas "

+"comerciales, los nombres aparecerán en mayúsculas o con las iniciales en "

+"mayúsculas."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "

+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "

+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "

+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "

+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"EL DOCUMENTO SE ENTREGA \"TAL CUAL\", SIN GARANTÍA DE NINGÚN TIPO, NI "

+"EXPLÍCITA NI IMPLÍCITA INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN, GARANTÍA DE QUE EL "

+"DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE CAREZCA DE DEFECTOS EN EL MOMENTO DE "

+"SU VENTA, SEA ADECUADO A UN FIN CONCRETO O INCUMPLA ALGUNA NORMATIVA. TODO "

+"EL RIESGO RELATIVO A LA CALIDAD, PRECISIÓN Y UTILIDAD DEL DOCUMENTO O SU "

+"VERSIÓN MODIFICADA RECAE EN USTED. SI CUALQUIER DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN "

+"MODIFICADA DE AQUÉL RESULTARA DEFECTUOSO EN CUALQUIER ASPECTO, USTED (Y NO "

+"EL REDACTOR INICIAL, AUTOR O AUTOR DE APORTACIONES) ASUMIRÁ LOS COSTES DE "

+"TODA REPARACIÓN, MANTENIMIENTO O CORRECCIÓN NECESARIOS. ESTA EXENCIÓN DE "

+"RESPONSABILIDAD SOBRE LA GARANTÍA ES UNA PARTE ESENCIAL DE ESTA LICENCIA. NO "

+"SE AUTORIZA EL USO DE NINGÚN DOCUMENTO NI VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DE ÉSTE POR EL "

+"PRESENTE, SALVO DENTRO DEL CUMPLIMIENTO DE LA EXENCIÓN DE RESPONSABILIDAD;Y"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "

+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "

+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "

+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "

+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"EN NINGUNA CIRCUNSTANCIA NI BAJO NINGUNA TEORÍA LEGAL, SEA POR ERROR "

+"(INCLUYENDO NEGLIGENCIA) CONTRATO O DOCUMENTO DE OTRO TIPO, EL AUTOR, EL "

+"ESCRITOR INICIAL, EL AUTOR DE APORTACIONES NI NINGÚN DISTRIBUIDOR DEL "

+"DOCUMENTO O VERSIÓN MODIFICADA DEL DOCUMENTO, NI NINGÚN PROVEEDOR DE NINGUNA "

+"DE ESAS PARTES, SERÁ RESPONSABLE ANTE NINGUNA PERSONA POR NINGÚN DAÑO "

+"DIRECTO, INDIRECTO, ESPECIAL, INCIDENTAL O DERIVADO DE NINGÚN TIPO, "

+"INCLUYENDO, SIN LIMITACIÓN DAÑOS POR PÉRDIDA DE FONDO DE COMERCIO, PARO "

+"TÉCNICO, FALLO INFORMÁTICO O AVERÍA O CUALQUIER OTRO POSIBLE DAÑO O AVERÍA "

+"DERIVADO O RELACIONADO CON EL USO DEL DOCUMENTO O SUS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS, "

+"AUNQUE DICHA PARTE HAYA SIDO INFORMADA DE LA POSIBILIDAD DE QUE SE "

+"PRODUJESEN ESOS DAÑOS."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"ESTE DOCUMENTO Y LAS VERSIONES MODIFICADAS DEL MISMO SE OFRECEN SEGÚN LAS "

+"CONDICIONES ESTABLECIDAS EN LA LICENCIA DE DOCUMENTACIÓN LIBRE DE GNU (GFDL) "

+"Y TENIENDO EN CUENTA QUE: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr ""

+"Este manual describe la versión 2.8 de la miniaplicación Indicador del "

+"teclado."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Comentarios"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Para informar de un fallo, o hacer alguna sugerencia concerniente a la "

+"miniaplicación «Indicador del teclado» o este manual, siga las indicaciones "

+"en la <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">Página de contacto "

+"de MATE</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Indicador del teclado"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Introducción"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"El <application>Indicador del teclado</application> indica el grupo de "

+"teclado activo. La miniaplicación muestra qué grupo está usando actualmente. "

+"Además de las funciones estándar del menú emergente, el menú emergente de la "

+"miniaplicación <application>Indicador del teclado</application> le permite "

+"lanzar la herramienta de Preferencias de la miniaplicación y cambiar entre "

+"los grupos de idioma."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more "

+"on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Para añadir un <application>Indicador del teclado</application> a un panel, "

+"pulse con el botón derecho en el panel, después elija <guimenuitem>Añadir al "

+"panel</guimenuitem>. Seleccione <application>Indicador del teclado</"

+"application> en el diálogo <application>Añadir al panel</application>, "

+"después pulse <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>. Para más información acerca de "

+"ésto, vea <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Añadir un objeto a un panel</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Para abrir la herramienta de preferencias del <application>Teclado</"

+"application>, elija <guimenuitem>Abrir preferencias del teclado</"

+"guimenuitem> en el menú emergente de la miniaplicación. Quizá necesite ir a "

+"este diálogo para ser capaz de configurar el teclado (elegir modelo, "

+"distribuciones, opciones, etc). Para ver la ayuda acerca de establecer "

+"preferencias del teclado, vea <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard"

+"\">Configurar las preferencias del teclado</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Cambiar idioma"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Primero, debe saber que un grupo es un conjunto de caracteres, tanto para un "

+"idioma como para un conjunto de caracteres no relacionado con un idioma, "

+"como dvorak. Cada idioma quizá tenga más de un subconjunto, y cada uno de "

+"estos subconjuntos se llama grupo. Hay muchas formas en las que puede "

+"cambiar el grupo que está usando en su teclado."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Pulsación con el ratón"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"Puede cambiar entre los grupo con una sola pulsación del ratón en el icono "

+"del panel de la miniaplicación. Los grupos cambian en un ciclo determinado "

+"por la configuración actual."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Menú emergente"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"Para escoger un grupo específico, seleccione <guisubmenu>Grupos</guisubmenu> "

+"del menú emergente. Desde allí, elija el grupo al que quiere cambiar."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Teclado"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set "

+"which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. "

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet "

+"popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</"

+"guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+"En la herramienta de preferencias del <application>Teclado</application>, "

+"puede establecer qué tecla quiere usar para cambiar entre los grupos de su "

+"teclado. Elija <guimenuitem>Abrir preferencias del teclado</guimenuitem> en "

+"el menú emergente de la miniaplicación y elija la tecla que quiera usar en "

+"la solapa<ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"

+"\"><guilabel>Opciones de distribución</guilabel></ulink>, bajo "

+"<guilabel>Comportamiento de cambio de grupo</guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Para añadir otras distribuciones a la lista, abra la herramienta de "

+"preferencias <application>Teclado</application>. Elija otras distribuciones "

+"en la solapa <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts"

+"\"><guilabel>Distribuciones</guilabel></ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Vista de distribuciones"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+"Elija <guimenuitem>Vista de distribuciones</guimenuitem> del menú emergente "

+"de miniaplicaciones para ver un diagrama de su distribución de teclas actual."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr ""

+"En la ventana de <guilabel>Vista de distribuciones</guilabel>, pulse una "

+"tecla en su teclado para resaltar su representación en el diagrama."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced "

+"with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr ""

+"Cata tecla en el diagrama tiene hasta cuatro caracteres. Estos pueden "

+"producirse con modificadores del teclado diferentes, tal como sigue:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr ""

+"Para el carácter mostrado en la parte inferior izquierda, pulse la tecla "

+"sola."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr ""

+"Para el carácter mostrado en la parte superior izquierda, pulse la tecla con "

+"<keycap>Mayús.</keycap>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Para el carácter mostrado en la parte inferior izquierda, pulse la tecla con "

+"el modificador de tercer nivel."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Para el carácter mostrado en la parte superior derecha, pulse la tecla con "

+"<keycap>Mayús.</keycap> y el modificador de tercer nivel."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout "

+"Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Por omisión, no hay ninguna tecla asignada para actuar como modificador de "

+"tercer nivel. Puede asignar una tecla para actuar como modificador de tercer "

+"nivel en las <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-"

+"layoutoptions\">Preferencias de las opciones de distribución de teclado</"

+"ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Complementos"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"Para abrir el diálogo de <guilabel>Complementos del indicador del teclado</"

+"guilabel>, seleccione <guimenuitem>Complementos </guimenuitem> del menú "

+"emergente. Sus complementos actuales se muestran en el área "

+"<guilabel>Complementos activos</guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Añadir un complemento nuevo"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Pulse <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>. En la ventana <guilabel>Añadir "

+"complemento</guilabel> , seleccione uno de los complementos en el área "

+"<guilabel>Complementos disponibles</guilabel> y pulse el botón "

+"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Quitar un complemento"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Seleccione el complemento en el área de <guilabel>Complementos activos</"

+"guilabel> que no quiera más y pulse <guibutton>Quitar</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Mover elementos en la lista de complementos"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"Para subir y bajar elementos en la lista de complementos en el área de "

+"<guilabel>complementos activos</guilabel>, seleccione el complemento que "

+"quiere mover, y pulse <guibutton>Subir</guibutton> o <guibutton>Bajar</"

+"guibutton>. Puede usar las flechas en el teclado para mover el punto de "

+"selección arriba y abajo."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Cambiar las propiedades de un complemento"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"Para cambiar las propiedades de los complementos, seleccione el complemento "

+"que quiere y pulse <guibutton>Propiedades</guibutton>. Las propiedades varían "

+"con cada complemento."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr ""

+"Jorge González <[email protected]>, 2008.\n"

+"Francisco Javier F. Serrador <[email protected]>, 2005-2006."

+

+# translation of gswitchit_help.HEAD.po to Basque

+# Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio <[email protected]>, 2008.

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: gswitchit_help.HEAD\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-09-04 03:33+0100\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-14 19:33+0100\n"

+"Last-Translator: Iñaki Larrañaga Murgoitio <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Basque <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Teklatu-adierazlearen eskuliburua"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid "The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching between different groups."

+msgstr "Teklatu-adierazleak teklatu aktiboen taldea erakusten du, eta taldeen artean aldatzeko aukera ematen du."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "MATEren dokumentazio-proiektua"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr "Baimena ematen da dokumentu hau kopiatu, banatu eta/edo aldatzeko Free Software Foundation-ek argitaratutako GNU Dokumentazio Librearen Lizentziaren 1.1. bertsioan edo berriago batean ezarritako baldintzak betetzen badira; Atal Aldaezinik, Aurreko azaleko testurik eta Atzeko azaleko testurik gabe. GFDL lizentziaren kopia <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">esteka</ulink> honetan edo eskuliburu honekin batera ematen den COPYING-DOCS fitxategian aurkituko duzu."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid "This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."

+msgstr "Eskuliburu hau GFDL lizentziarekin banatzen diren MATE eskuliburuen bildumakoa da. Eskuliburu hau bildumatik bereizita banatu nahi baduzu, bana dezakezu, baina eskuliburuari lizentziaren kopia bat gehitu beharko diozu, lizentzian bertan 6. atalean azaltzen den bezala."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

+msgstr "Enpresek euren produktu eta zerbitzuak bereizteko erabiltzen dituzten izen asko marka erregistratu moduan hartu behar dira. Izen horiek MATEren edozein agiritan agertzen direnean, eta MATEren Dokumentazio Proiektuko kideak marka komertzialak direla konturatu badira, orduan izen horiek maiuskulaz idatzita egongo dira, osorik edo hasierako letra maiuskulaz jarrita."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr "DOKUMENTUA \"DAGOEN-DAGOENEAN\" EMATEN DA, INOLAKO BERMERIK GABE, EZ ESPRESUKI ADIERAZITAKORIK ETA EZ INPLIZITURIK ERE; BESTEAK BESTE (MUGARIK GABE), EZ DA BERMATZEN DOKUMENTUA EDO BERTSIO ALDATUA AKATSIK GABEA DENIK, MERKATURATZEKO EDO XEDE JAKIN BATERAKO EGOKIA DENIK EDO ARAURIK HAUSTEN EZ DUENIK. DOKUMENTUAREN EDO DOKUMENTUAREN BERTSIO ALDATUAREN KALITATEARI, ZEHAZTASUNARI ETA PERFORMANTZIARI BURUZKO ERANTZUKIZUN OSOA ZUREA DA. DOKUMENTUREN BATEK EDO BERTSIO ALDATUREN BATEK EDOZEIN MOTATAKO AKATSIK IZANEZ GERO, ZUK (EZ HASIERAKO IDAZLEAK, EZ EGILEAK ETA EZ INONGO KOLABORATZAILEK) ZEURE GAIN HARTU BEHARKO DUZU BERRIKUSTEKO, KONPONTZEKO EDO ZUZENTZEKO BEHARREZKO ZERBITZU GUZTIEN KOSTUA. BERME-UKATZE HAU LIZENTZIA HONEN FUNTSEZKO ZATIA DA. EZ DA BAIMENIK EMATEN EZEIN DOKUMENTU EDO BERTSIO ALDATU ERABILTZEKO, BALDIN ETA EZ BADA BERME-UKATZE HAU ONARTZEN."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr "EZINGO DA INONGO ZIRKUNSTANTZIA EDO LEGE-TEORIARIK OINARRI HARTU --EZ ERANTZUKIZUN ZIBILARI BURUZKORIK (ZABARKERIA BARNE HARTUTA) EZ KONTRATUARI BURUZKORIK, EZ BESTERIK-- DOKUMENTU HONEN EDO BERTSIO ALDATU BATEN EGILEA, HASIERAKO IDAZLEA, EDOZEIN KOLABORATZAILE EDO BANATZAILE, EDO ALDERDI HORIEN EDOZEIN HORNITZAILE BESTE PERTSONA BATEN AURREAN ERANTZULE EGITEKO, PERTSONA HORREK EDOZEIN MOTATAKO KALTE ZUZENEKO, ZEHARKAKO, BEREZI, INTZIDENTAL EDO ONDORIOZKOAK JASAN DITUELAKO, BESTEAK BESTE (MUGARIK GABE), BEZEROAK GALTZEAREN, LANA ETEN BEHARRAREN, ORDENAGAILUAK EZ IBILTZEAREN EDO GAIZKI IBILTZEAREN ONDORIOZKO KALTEAK, EDO DOKUMENTUA NAHIZ HAREN BERTSIO ALDATUAK ERABILTZETIK ONDORIOZTATZEN DIREN EDO ERABILERA HORREKIN ZERIKUSIA DUEN EDOZEIN KALTE EDO GALERA, ALDERDIARI KALTE HORIEK GERTA ZITEZKEELA ADITZERA EMAN BAZAIO ERE."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr "DOKUMENTUA ETA DOKUMENTUAREN BERTSIO ALDATUAK GNU DOKUMENTAZIO LIBREAREN LIZENTZIAREN BALDINTZEN ARABERA EMATEN DIRA, ETA ONDOREN ZEHAZTEN DIRENAK ONARTZERA BEHARTZEN DUTE: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Eskuliburu honetan Teklatu-adierazlearen miniaplikazioaren 2.8 bertsioa azaltzen da."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Ohar-bidaltzea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr "Teklatu-adierazlearen miniaplikazioari edo eskuliburu honi buruzko akatsen berri emateko edo oharrak bidaltzeko, <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATEra oharrak bidaltzeko orrian</ulink> aurkituko dituzu argibideak."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Teklatu-adierazlea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Sarrera"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid "<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr "<application>Teklatu-adierazleak</application> teklatu aktiboen taldea adierazten du. Miniaplikazioak erakusten du erabiltzen ari zaren taldea. Miniaplikazio estandarraren laster-menuaz gain, <application>Teklatu-adierazlearen</application> miniaplikazioaren laster-menuak aukera ematen dizu miniaplikazioaren Hobespenen tresna abiarazteko, eta hizkuntza taldeen artean aldatzeko."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid "To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr "<application>Teklatu-adierazlea</application> panel batean gehitzeko, egin klik eskuin-botoiarekin panelean, eta aukeratu <guimenuitem>Gehitu panelari</guimenuitem>. Hautatu <application>Teklatu-adierazlea</application>, <application>Gehitu panelari</application> elkarrizketan, eta hautatu <guibutton>Ados</guibutton>. Informazio gehiago lortzeko, ikus <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Objektu bat panel bati gehitzea</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid "To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard (choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "<application>Teklatua</application> hobespen-tresna irekitzeko, aukeratu <guimenuitem>Ireki Teklatuaren hobespenak</guimenuitem>, miniaplikazioaren laster-menuan. Baliteke elkarrizketa horretan konfiguratu behar izatea teklatua (aukeratu modeloa, diseinuak, aukerak, etab.). Teklatuaren hobespenak ezartzeari buruzko laguntza lortzeko, ikus <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Teklatuaren hobespenak konfiguratzea</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Hizkuntza aldatzea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid "First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your keyboard."

+msgstr "Lehenik eta behin, talde bat karaktere multzo bat da, hizkuntza batentzat edo hizkuntzarekin lotu gabeko karaktere multzo batentzat, dvorak-entzat esate baterako. Hizkuntza bakoitzak azpimultzo bat baino gehiago izan dezake, eta azpimultzo bakoitzari talde esaten zaio. Modu bat baino gehiago dago teklatuan erabiltzen ari zaren taldea aldatzeko."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Saguarekin klik egitea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid "You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr "Miniaplikazioaren panel-ikonoan klik eginez taldeen artean alda zaitezke. Uneko konfigurazioak erabakitzen du taldeak aldatzeko zikloa."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Laster-menua"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid "To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr "Talde jakin bat aukeratzeko, hautatu laster-menuko <guisubmenu>Taldeak</guisubmenu>. Han, aukeratu joan nahi duzun taldea."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Teklatua"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr "<application>Teklatua</application> hobespen-tresnan, teklatuko taldeen artean aldatzeko erabili nahi duzun tekla ezar dezakezu. Aukeratu miniaplikazioaren laster-menuko <guimenuitem>Ireki Teklatuaren hobespenak</guimenuitem>, eta hautatu erabili nahi duzun tekla <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Esleipen-aukerak</guilabel></ulink> fitxan, <guilabel>Taldea aldatzeko portaera</guilabel>ren azpian."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid "To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr "Beste esleipen batzuk zerrendan gehitzeko, ireki <application>Teklatua</application> hobespen-tresna. Itxi <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Esleipenak</guilabel></ulink> fitxako beste esleipenak."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Esleipen-ikuspegia"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr "Aukeratu miniaplikazioaren laster-menuko <guimenuitem>Esleipen-ikuspegia</guimenuitem>, uneko teklatu-esleipenen diagrama bat ikusteko."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid "In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr "<guilabel>Esleipen-ikuspegia</guilabel> leihoan, sakatu teklatuko tekla bat, haren adierazpena diagraman nabarmentzeko."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid "Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr "Diagramako tekla bakoitzak lau karaktere arte ditu. Hainbat teklatu-aldatzailek sor ditzakete, esate baterako:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr "Ezker-behealdeko karaktererako, sakatu tekla bakarrik."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+msgstr "Ezker-goialdeko karaktererako, sakatu tekla <keycap>Maius</keycap> teklarekin."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third level modifier."

+msgstr "Eskuin-behealdeko karaktererako, sakatu tekla hirugarren mailako aldatzailearekin."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr "Eskuin-goialdeko karaktererako, sakatu tekla, <keycap>Maius</keycap> eta hirugarren mailako aldatzailea."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid "By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "Lehenespenez, ez da teklarik esleitzen hirugarren mailako aldatzaile gisa jarduteko. Tekla bat hirugarren mailako aldatzaile gisa esleitzeko, erabili <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Teklatuaren diseinuaren aukera-hobespenak</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Pluginak"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid "To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr "<guilabel>Teklatu-adierazlearen pluginak</guilabel> elkarrizketa irekitzeko, hautatu laster-menuko <guimenuitem>Pluginak</guimenuitem>. Uneko pluginak <guilabel>Plugin aktiboen</guilabel> arean ikusten dira."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Pluginak gehitzea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr "Sakatu <guibutton>Gehitu</guibutton>. <guilabel>Gehitu plugina</guilabel> leihoan, hautatu <guilabel>Erabilgarri dauden pluginak</guilabel> area, eta egin klik <guibutton>Ados</guibutton> botoian."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Pluginak kentzea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid "Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr "Hautatu kendu nahi duzun plugina, <guilabel>Plugin aktiboak</guilabel> arean, eta hautatu <guibutton>Kendu</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Pluginen zerrendako elementuak lekuz aldatzea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid "To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr "<guilabel>Plugin aktiboen</guilabel> areako plugin-zerrendako elementuak gora eta behera mugitzeko, hautatu mugitu nahi duzun plugina, eta egin klik <guibutton>Gora</guibutton> edo <guibutton>Behera</guibutton> botoietan. Teklatuko gezi-teklak erabil ditzakezu hautapen-puntua gora eta behera mugitzeko."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Plugin baten propietateak aldatzea"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid "To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr "Pluginen propietateak aldatzeko, hautatu nahi duzun plugina, eta egin klik <guibutton>Propietateak</guibutton> botoian. Plugin bakoitzak bere propietateak ditu."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Hizkuntza Politikarako Sailburuordetza [email protected]<>, 2008."

+

+# charpick's Finnish translation.

+# Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+# Jukka Heikkilä <[email protected]>, 2008.

+# Tommi Vainikainen <[email protected]> (Legal Notices), 2006.

+#

+

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: mate-applets-gswitchit\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-04-04 04:07+0100\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-04 118:12+0200\n"

+"Last-Translator: Jukka Heikkilä <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Finnish <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Näppäimistön asettelu -sovelman käyttöohje"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid "The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching between different groups."

+msgstr "Näppäimistön asettelu näyttää aktiivisen näppäimistöryhmän ja mahdollistaa vaihdon eri näppäimistöryhmien välillä."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Mate dokumentointiprojekti"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Tätä asiakirjaa saa kopioida, jakaa edelleen ja/tai muokata Free Software "

+"Foundationin julkaiseman GNU Free Documentation Licensen (GFDL) version 1.1 "

+"tai valinnaisesti myöhemmän version mukaisesti, ilman vaatimuksia "

+"muuttamattomista osioista ja etu- tai takakansiteksteistä. Kopion GFDL:stä "

+"voi nähdä napsauttamalla <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">tätä "

+"linkkiä</ulink>, tai lukemalla ohjeen mukana toimitetun COPYING-DOCS-nimisen "

+"tiedoston."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid "This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Tämä käyttöohje on osa Maten käyttöohjekokoelmaa ja levitetään GFDL-"

+"lisenssin alaisena. Jos haluat levittää tätä käyttöohjetta erillään "

+"kokoelmasta, voit tehdä sen liittämällä lisenssin kopion ohjeen mukaan, "

+"kuten lisenssin luku 6 sanelee."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"Monet tuotteiden ja palveluiden nimet ovat tuotemerkkejä. Maten "

+"dokumentointiprojektissa nämä nimet pyritään kirjoittamaan suuraakkosin tai "

+"isolla alkukirjaimella, sikäli kun projektin jäsenet tietävät kyseisistä "

+"tuotemerkeistä."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"ASIAKIRJA TARJOTAAN SELLAISENAAN, ILMAN MINKÄÄNLAISTA KIRJATTUA TAI "

+"KONKLUDENTTISTA RAJATONTA TAKUUTA ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATUN VERSION "

+"VIRHEETTÖMYYDESTÄ, SOPIVUUDESTA KAUPALLISEEN KÄYTTÖÖN TAI TIETTYYN "

+"KÄYTTÖTARKOITUKSEEN TAI LOUKKAAMATTOMUUDESTA. TÄYSI VASTUU ASIAKIRJAN TAI "

+"SEN MUOKATUN VERSION LAADUSTA, TARKKUUDESTA JA TOIMIVUUDESTA ON KÄYTTÄJÄLLÄ. "

+"JOS ASIAKIRJA TAI SEN MUOKATTU VERSIO OSOITTAUTUU JOLLAKIN TAVALLA "

+"VIRHEELLISEKSI, KÄYTTÄJÄ (EI ALKUPERÄINEN KIRJOITTAJA TAI MUU TEKIJÄ) VASTAA "

+"PALVELUJEN, KORJAUSTEN TAI OIKAISUJEN KUSTANNUKSISTA. TÄMÄ "

+"VASTUUVAPAUSLAUSEKE ON EROTTAMATON OSA LISENSSIÄ. ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN "

+"MUOKATTUJEN VERSIOIDEN KÄYTTÖ ON SALLITTUA VAIN TÄMÄN VASTUUVAPAUSLAUSEKKEEN "

+"NOJALLA; SEKÄ"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"MISSÄÄN OLOSUHTEISSA TAI MINKÄÄN OIKEUSLAITOKSEN ALAISUUDESSA, NIIN "

+"OIKEUSLOUKKAUKSISSA (MUKAAN LUKIEN HUOLIMATTOMUUS), SOPIMUS TAI MUUTOIN, "

+"ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATUN VERSION TEKIJÄ, ALKUPERÄINEN KIRJOITTAJA, KUKAAN "

+"AVUSTAJAISTA, KUKAAN LEVITTÄJÄ TAIKKA KUKAAN TARJOAJA EI OLE VASTUUSSA "

+"KENELLEKKÄÄN SUORASTA, EPÄSUORASTA, ERITYISESTÄ, TAPATURMAISESTA TAI "

+"VÄLILLISESTÄ VAHINGOSTA SISÄLTÄEN RAJOITUKSETTA VAHINGOT LIIKEARVON "

+"MENETYKSESTÄ, TYÖN KESKEYTYMISESTÄ, TIETOKONEVIRHEESTÄ TAI -HÄIRIÖSTÄ TAIKKA "

+"MISTÄÄN MUUSTA VAHINGOSTA TAI MENETYKSESTÄ, JOKA ILMENEE TAI LIITTYY "

+"ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATUN VERSION KÄYTTÖÖN EDES SILLOIN KUN OSAPUOLTA ON "

+"OLLUT TIETOINEN TÄLLAISEN VAHINGON MAHDOLLISUUDESTA."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"ASIAKIRJA SEKÄ MUOKATUT VERSIOT ASIAKIRJASTA TARJOTAAN GNU FREE "

+"DOCUMENTATION LICENSEN EHDOIN SEKÄ YMMÄRTÄEN ETTÄ: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Tämä käyttöohje kuvaa Näppäimistön asettelu -sovelman version 2.8."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Palaute"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr "Ilmoittaaksesi viasta tai tehdäksesi ehdotuksen koskien Näppäimistön asettelu -sovellusta tai tätä käyttöohjetta, seuraa ohjeita <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">Mate palautesivulla</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Näppäimistön asettelu"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Johdanto"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid "<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr "<application>Näppäimistön asettelu</application> -sovelma näyttää aktiivisen näppäimistöryhmän. Sovellus näyttää sinulle, mitä näppäimistöasettelua tällä hetkellä käytät. Poiketen normaalien sovelluksien alasvetovalikkojen funktioista, <application>Näppäimistön asettelu</application> -sovellus antaa mahdollisuuden käynnistää Asetustyökalun ja vaihtaa kieliryhmien välillä."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid "To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr "Lisätäksesi <application>Näppäimistön asettelu</application> -sovelluksen paneeliin, paina hiiren oikeata näppäintä paneelin päällä ja valitse <guimenuitem>Lisää paneeliin</guimenuitem>. Valitse <application>Näppäimistön asettelu</application>, <application>Lisää paneeliin</application> -valintaikkunasta ja napsauta <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid "To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard (choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "Avataksesi <application>Näppäimistön</application> asetustyökalun, valitse sovelluksen alasvetovalikosta <guimenuitem>Näppäimistön asetukset</guimenuitem>. Voit joutua käyttämään tätä valikkoikkunaa muuttaaksesi näppäimistön asetuksia (valitaksesi mallin, asettelun, asetukset jne.). Löytääksesi apua koskien näppäimistön asetuksia, katso <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Näppäimistön asetuksien muuttaminen</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Kielen vaihtaminen"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid "First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your keyboard."

+msgstr "Ensimmäiseksi sinun täytyy tietää, että ryhmä on yhteen kuuluva nippu merkkejä, jotka ovat kieleen liittyviä tai ei kieleen liittyviä merkkejä, kuten Dvorak. Jokaisella kielellä saattaa olla useampikin, kuin yksi merkistöosajoukko ja näitä merkistöosajoukkoja kutsutaan ryhmiksi. Löytyy monia tapoja, kuinka voit vaihtaa käytössä olevaa näppäimistöryhmää."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Hiiren napsautus"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid "You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr "Voit vaihtaa ryhmien välillä kerta-napsautuksella paneelissa olevasta sovelluksen kuvakkeesta. Ryhmät vaihtuvat kiertävästi riippuen sen hetkisistä asetuksista."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Ponnahdysvalikko"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid "To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr "Valitaksesi tietyn ryhmän, valitse ponnahdusvalikosta <guisubmenu>Ryhmät</guisubmenu> -valinta. Sieltä voit valita ryhmän, johonka haluat vaihtaa."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Näppäimistö"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr "<application>Näppäimistö</application> -asetustyökalun avulla voit asettaa haluamasi pikanäppäimen, millä voit vaihtaa näppäimistösi ryhmiä. Valitse <guimenuitem>Näppäimistön asetukset</guimenuitem> -valinta sovelluksen ponnahdusvalikosta ja voit valita, <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Näppäimistön asetukset</guilabel></ulink> -välilehdeltä, <guilabel>Ryhmien vaihto/lukitustoiminta</guilabel> -valinnan alta, mitä näppäintä haluat käyttää."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid "To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr "Lisätäksesi listaan muita asetteluja, avaa <application>Näppäimistö</application> -asetustyökalu. Valitse muut asettelut <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Asettelut</guilabel> -välilehdeltä</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Asettelu -näkymä"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr "Valitse <guimenuitem>Näytä nykyinen asettelu</guimenuitem> -valinta sovelluksen ponnahdusvalikosta nähdäksesi tämänhetkisen näppäimistösi asettelun."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid "In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr "<guilabel>Näppäimistön asettelu</guilabel> -ikkunassa painaessasi näppäimistösi näppäimiä, näet asettelussa siitä vasteen."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid "Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr "Jokaisessa asetelman näppäimessä on jopa neljä merkkiä. Nämä voidaan tuottaa eri näppäimistö muuttujien avulla seuraavasti:"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr "Alhaalla vasemmalla olevan merkin saat painamalla pelkkää näppäintä yksinään."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+msgstr "Ylävasemmalla olevan merkin saat painamalla <keycap>Vaihto</keycap> -näppäintä ja merkkinäppäintä."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third level modifier."

+msgstr "Alaoikealla olevan merkin saat painamalla kolmannen tason valitsija -näppäintä ja merkkinäppäintä."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr "Yläoikealla olevan merkin saat painamalla <keycap>Vaihto</keycap> -näppäintä ja kolmannen tason valitsija -näppäintä, sekä merkkinäppäintä."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid "By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "Kolmannen tason valitsija -näppäintä ei ole asetettu oletuksena. Voit määrittää näppäimen toimimaan kolmannen tason muuttujanäppäimenä <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Näppäimistön asettelujen valinnoista</ulink>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Liitännäiset"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid "To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr "Avataksesi <guilabel>Näppäimistön asettelu liitennäiset</guilabel> -valintaikkunan, valitse <guimenuitem>Liitännäiset</guimenuitem> -valinta alasvetovalikosta. Senhetkiset liitenäiset näet kohdasta <guilabel>Aktiiviset liitännäiset</guilabel>."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Uuden liitännäisen lisääminen"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr "Napsauta <guibutton>Lisää</guibutton>. Valitse <guilabel>Lisää liitännäinen</guilabel> -ikkunassa yksi liitännäisistä, jotka on <guilabel>Käytettävissä olevat liitännäiset</guilabel> -alueella ja valitse <guibutton>OK</guibutton> -painiketta."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Liitännäisen poisto"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid "Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr "Valitse poistettava liitännäinen <guilabel>Aktiiviset liitännäiset</guilabel> -alueelta ja napsauta <guibutton>Poista</guibutton> -painiketta."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Liitännäisten siirtäminen listassa"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid "To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr "Siirtääksesi liitännäisiä ylös ja alas <guilabel>Aktiivisten liitännäisten</guilabel> -listassa, valitse liitännäinen, jota haluat siirtää ja napsauta <guibutton>Ylös-</guibutton> tai <guibutton>Alas</guibutton> -painiketta. Voit siirtää valitsinta näppäimistön nuolinäppäimillä ylös ja alas."

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Liitännäisten asetuksien muuttaminen"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid "To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr "Muuttaaksesi liitännäisten asetuksia, valitse haluamasi liitännäinen ja napsauta <guibutton>Asetukset</guibutton> -painiketta. Asetukset vaihtelevat liitännäisestä riippuen."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr ""

+"Jukka Heikkilä <[email protected]>, 2008\n"

+"Tommi Vainikainen <[email protected]> (Legal Notices), 2006"

+# French translation of applets-gswitchit documentation.

+# Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gswitchit applet

+# documentation.

+#

+# Christophe Bliard <[email protected]>, 2005, 2006.

+# Vincent Untz <[email protected]>, 2005.

+# Jonathan Ernst <[email protected]>, 2006.

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: gswitchit fr\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-19 13:04+0100\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-07-25 20:48+0100\n"

+"Last-Translator: Christophe Bliard <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: MATE French Team <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Indicateur de claviers"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+"L'Indicateur de claviers affiche le groupe de clavier actif et permet de "

+"passer d'un groupe à un autre."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) ../C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Projet de documentation MATE"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "08/2004"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "

+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Permission vous est donnée de copier, distribuer et/ou modifier ce document "

+"selon les termes de la Licence GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 "

+"ou ultérieure publiée par la Free Software Foundation sans section "

+"inaltérable, sans texte de première page de couverture ni texte de dernière "

+"page de couverture. Vous trouverez un exemplaire de cette licence en suivant "

+"ce <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">lien</ulink> ou dans le fichier "

+"COPYING-DOCS fourni avec le présent manuel."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Ce manuel fait partie de la collection de manuels MATE distribués selon les "

+"termes de la licence de documentation libre GNU. Si vous souhaitez "

+"distribuer ce manuel indépendamment de la collection, vous devez joindre un "

+"exemplaire de la licence au document, comme indiqué dans la section 6 de "

+"celle-ci."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"La plupart des noms utilisés par les entreprises pour leurs produits et "

+"leurs services sont des marques déposées. Lorsque ces noms apparaissent dans "

+"la documentation MATE et que les membres du projet de documentation MATE "

+"sont informés de l'existence de ces marques déposées, ces noms apparaissent "

+"en majuscules, ou la première lettre en majuscule."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "

+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "

+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "

+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "

+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"LE PRÉSENT DOCUMENT EST FOURNI « TEL QUEL », SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE, EXPRESSE "

+"OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS, ET SANS LIMITATION, LES GARANTIES DE "

+"MARCHANDABILITÉ, D'ADÉQUATION À UN OBJECTIF PARTICULIER OU DE NON INFRACTION "

+"DU DOCUMENT OU DE SA VERSION MODIFIÉE. L'UTILISATEUR ASSUME TOUT RISQUE "

+"RELATIF À LA QUALITÉ, À LA PERTINENCE ET À LA PERFORMANCE DU DOCUMENT OU DE "

+"SA VERSION DE MISE À JOUR. SI LE DOCUMENT OU SA VERSION MODIFIÉE S'AVÉRAIT "

+"DÉFECTUEUSE, L'UTILISATEUR (ET NON LE RÉDACTEUR INITIAL, L'AUTEUR, NI TOUT "

+"AUTRE PARTICIPANT) ENDOSSERA LES COÛTS DE TOUTE INTERVENTION, RÉPARATION OU "

+"CORRECTION NÉCESSAIRE. CETTE DÉNÉGATION DE RESPONSABILITÉ CONSTITUE UNE "

+"PARTIE ESSENTIELLE DE CETTE LICENCE. AUCUNE UTILISATION DE CE DOCUMENT OU DE "

+"SA VERSION MODIFIÉE N'EST AUTORISÉE AUX TERMES DU PRÉSENT ACCORD, EXCEPTÉ "

+"SOUS CETTE DÉNÉGATION DE RESPONSABILITÉ ; "

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "

+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "

+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "

+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "

+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"EN AUCUNE CIRCONSTANCE ET SOUS AUCUNE INTERPRÉTATION DE LA LOI, QU'IL "

+"S'AGISSE DE RESPONSABILITÉ CIVILE (Y COMPRIS LA NÉGLIGENCE), CONTRACTUELLE "

+"OU AUTRE, L'AUTEUR, LE RÉDACTEUR INITIAL, TOUT PARTICIPANT ET TOUT "

+"DISTRIBUTEUR DE CE DOCUMENTOU DE SA VERSION DE MISE À JOUR AINSI QUE TOUT "

+"FOURNISSEUR DE QUELQUE PARTIE QUE CE SOIT NE POURRONT ÊTRE TENUS "

+"RESPONSABLES À L'ÉGARD DE QUICONQUE POUR TOUT DOMMAGE DIRECT, INDIRECT, "

+"PARTICULIER OU ACCIDENTEL DE TOUT TYPE Y COMPRIS, SANS LIMITATION, LES "

+"DOMMAGES LIÉS À LA PERTE DE CLIENTÈLE, AUX ARRÊTS DE TRAVAIL, AUX "

+"DÉFAILLANCES ET AUX DYSFONCTIONNEMENTS INFORMATIQUES OU TOUT AUTRE DOMMAGE "

+"OU PERTE LIÉE À L'UTILISATION DU PRÉSENT DOCUMENT ET DE SES VERSIONS DE MISE "

+"À JOUR, ET CE MÊME SI CES PARTIES ONT ÉTÉ INFORMÉES DE LA POSSIBILITÉ DE "

+"TELS DOMMAGES."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"LE PRÉSENT DOCUMENT ET SES VERSIONS DE MISE À JOUR SONT FOURNIS SOUS LES "

+"CONDITIONS DE L'ACCORD DE LICENCE DE DOCUMENTATION LIBRE GNU, SACHANT QUE : "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Ce manuel documente la version 2.8 de l'applet Indicateur de claviers."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Votre avis"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour rapporter un bogue ou émettre une suggestion concernant le visionneur "

+"de journaux système ou ce manuel, procédez comme indiqué sur la <ulink url="

+"\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">Page de réactions sur MATE</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Indicateur de claviers"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Introduction"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"<application>Indicateur de claviers</application> indique le groupe de "

+"clavier actif. L'applet affiche le groupe que vous utilisez actuellement. En "

+"plus des fonctions standard proposées dans le menu contextuel de chaque "

+"applet, le menu de <application>Indicateur de claviers</application> vous "

+"permet de lancer la fenêtre de préférences de l'applet et de passer d'un "

+"groupe de langue à un autre."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more "

+"on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour ajouter l'applet <application>Indicateur de claviers</application> à un "

+"tableau de bord, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur celui-ci, puis choisissez "

+"<guimenuitem>Ajouter au tableau de bord</guimenuitem>. Sélectionnez "

+"<application>Indicateur de claviers</application> dans la boîte de dialogue "

+"<application>Ajouter au tableau de bord</application>, puis cliquez sur le "

+"bouton <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>. Pour plus d'informations\t, référez-"

+"vous à <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Ajouter un objet au tableau de bord</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour ouvrir les préférences <application>Clavier</application>, choisissez "

+"<guimenuitem>Ouvrir les préférences du clavier</guimenuitem> dans le menu "

+"contextuel de l'applet. Vous aurez peut-être besoin d'utiliser cette boîte "

+"de dialogue pour configurer le clavier (choisir le modèle, l'agencements, "

+"les options, etc.). Pour obtenir de l'aide sur la définition des préférences "

+"du clavier, référez-vous à <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard"

+"\">Configuration des propriétés du clavier</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Changement de langue"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Tout d'abord, il faut savoir qu'un groupe est un ensemble de caractères, que "

+"cet ensemble soit relatif à une langue ou pas, comme avec le dvorak. Chaque "

+"langue peut avoir plusieurs sous-ensembles, et chaque sous-ensemble est "

+"appelé un groupe. Vous pouvez changer le groupe que vous utilisez avec votre "

+"clavier de plusieurs façons :"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Clic de souris"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"Vous pouvez passer d'un groupe à un autre d'un simple clic sur l'icône de "

+"l'applet. Les groupes passent de l'un à l'autre, en boucle, dans un ordre "

+"déterminé par la configuration ;"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Menu contextuel"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour utiliser un groupe précis, sélectionnez <guisubmenu>Groupes</"

+"guisubmenu> à partir du menu contextuel. Ensuite, choisissez le groupe à "

+"utiliser ;"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Clavier"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set "

+"which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. "

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet "

+"popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</"

+"guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+"Dans les préférences <application>Clavier</application>, vous pouvez définir "

+"quelle touche utiliser pour passer d'un groupe à un autre avec votre "

+"clavier. Choisissez <guimenuitem>Ouvrir les préférences du clavier</"

+"guimenuitem> à partir du menu contextuel de l'applet, et sélectionnez la "

+"touche à utilisez dans l'onglet <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-"

+"layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Options de l'agencement</guilabel></ulink>, sous "

+"<guilabel>Combinaisons pour changer de groupe</guilabel>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour ajouter d'autres agencements à la liste, ouvrez les préférences "

+"<application>Clavier</application>. Choisissez d'autres agencements dans "

+"<ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\">l'onglet "

+"<guilabel>Agencements</guilabel></ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Vue de l'agencement"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+"Choisissez <guimenuitem>Vue de l'agencement</guimenuitem> depuis le menu "

+"contextuel de l'applet pour afficher un schéma de l'agencement actuel de "

+"votre clavier."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr ""

+"Dans la fenêtre <guilabel>Agencement du clavier</guilabel>, appuyez sur une "

+"touche de votre clavier pour mettre en surbrillance sa représentation dans "

+"le schéma."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced "

+"with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr ""

+"Chaque touche du schéma possède jusqu'à quatre caractères. Vous pouvez "

+"entrer ces caractères avec différentes combinaisons de touches :"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour le caractère du coin inférieur gauche, appuyez simplement sur la touche."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour le caractère du coin supérieur gauche, appuyez sur la touche en "

+"maintenant la touche <keycap>Majuscule</keycap> enfoncée."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour le caractère du coin inférieur droit, appuyez sur la touche en "

+"maintenant la touche <keycap>Alt Gr</keycap> enfoncée."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour le caractère du coin inférieur droit, appuyez sur la touche en "

+"maintenant à la fois les touches <keycap>Majuscule</keycap> et <keycap>Alt "

+"Gr</keycap> enfoncées."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout "

+"Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Par défaut, le sélecteur du 3ème niveau est affecté à la touche <keycap>Alt "

+"Gr</keycap>. Vous pouvez utiliser une autre touche dans les <ulink type="

+"\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Préférences "

+"des options d'agencement du clavier</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Greffons"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour ouvrir la boîte de dialogue <guilabel>Greffons d'indicateur de "

+"claviers</guilabel>, sélectionnez <guimenuitem>Greffons</guimenuitem> à "

+"partir du menu contextuel. Vos plugins utilisés actuellement sont affichés "

+"dans la zone <guilabel>Greffons actifs</guilabel>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Ajout d'un nouveau greffon"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Cliquez sur <guibutton>Ajouter</guibutton>. Dans la fenêtre "

+"<guilabel>Ajouter un greffon</guilabel>, sélectionnez l'un des greffons de "

+"la zone <guilabel>Greffons disponibles</guilabel> et cliquez sur le bouton "

+"<guibutton>Valider</guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Retrait d'un greffon"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Sélectionnez le greffon dont vous ne voulez plus dans la zone "

+"<guilabel>Greffons actifs</guilabel> et cliquez sur <guibutton>Enlever</"

+"guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Déplacement d'éléments dans la liste des greffons"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour monter ou descendre des éléments dans la liste des greffons de la zone "

+"<guilabel>Greffons actifs</guilabel>, sélectionnez le greffon à déplacer, et "

+"cliquez sur <guibutton>Monter</guibutton> ou <guibutton>Descendre</"

+"guibutton>. Vous pouvez utiliser les touches fléchées du clavier pour "

+"déplacer la sélection."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Changement des propriétés d'un greffon"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"Pour changer les propriétés d'un greffon, sélectionnez le et cliquez sur "

+"<guibutton>Propriétés</guibutton>. Les propriétés varient suivant chaque "

+"greffon."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr ""

+"Christophe Bliard <[email protected]>, 2005, 2006.\n"

+"Vincent Untz <[email protected]>, 2005.\n"

+"Jonathan Ernst <[email protected]>, 2006."

+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

+<omf>

+ <resource>

+ <subject category="GNOME|Applets|Utility"/>

+ <type>user's guide</type>

+ <relation seriesid="ba45ca86-0560-11d9-936c-b93f52abd21f"/>

+ <rights type="GNU FDL" license.version="1.1" holder="Angela Boyle"/>

+ </resource>

+</omf>

+# Translation of oc.po to Occitan

+# Occitan translation of applets-gswitchit documentation.

+# Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gswitchit applet

+# documentation.

+#

+# Yannig MARCHEGAY ([email protected]> - 2006-2007

+#

+# Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) <[email protected]>, 2007.

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: oc\n"

+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-08-22 12:13+0100\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-20 14:30+0100\n"

+"Last-Translator: Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Occitan <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

+"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Projècte de documentacion de MATE"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "08/2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "

+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "

+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "

+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "

+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "

+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "

+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "

+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "

+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "

+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Indicador de clavièr"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Introduccion"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more "

+"on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Clavièr"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set "

+"which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. "

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet "

+"popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</"

+"guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced "

+"with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout "

+"Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Ajustons"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr ""

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Yannig Marchegay (Kokoyaya) <[email protected]>"

+

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: gswitchit.HEAD\n"

+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 11:21+0300\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-22 08:04+0300\n"

+"Last-Translator: Timur Salikhov <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Russian <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Руководство по индикатору раскладок клавиатуры"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+"Клавиатурный индикатор показывает активную раскладку клавиатуры и позволяет "

+"переключаться между несколькими раскладками."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) ../C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Проект документации MATE"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr ""

+"Данное руководство описывает версию апплета Клавиатурного индикатора 2.8."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Обратная связь"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Чтобы сообщить об ошибке или внести предложение по усовершенствованию "

+"апплета клавиатурного индикатора или данного руководства, посмотрите <ulink "

+"url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Индикатор раскладки клавиатуры"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Введение"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"<application>Индикатор раскладки клавиатуры</application> показывает "

+"активную клавиатурную раскладку. То есть ту, которая используется вами в "

+"данный момент. Наряду со стандартными функциями контекстного меню, апплет "

+"позволяет переключаться между раскладками, а также запустить инструмент "

+"настройки клавиатуры."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more "

+"on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Чтобы добавить <application>Индикатор раскладки</application> на панель, "

+"щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на панели и выберите <guimenuitem>Добавить на "

+"панель</guimenuitem>. В появившемся диалоговом окне выберите "

+"<application>Индикатор раскладок клавиатуры</application>, затем нажмите "

+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Для дополнительной информации смотрите <ulink "

+"type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Добавление объекта "

+"на панель</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Чтобы открыть инструмент <application>Настойки клавиатуры</application>, "

+"выберите пункт <guimenuitem>Параметры клавиатуры</guimenuitem> из "

+"контекстного меню. Этот инструмент может понадобиться вам для тонкой "

+"настройки вашей клавиатуры (модель, раскладки и другие параметры). За "

+"помощью по установке параметров клавиатуры, обратитесь к главе <ulink url="

+"\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Параметры клавиатуры</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Переключение раскладок"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"Первое, что нужно знать, раскладка ― это набор символов. Набор может быть "

+"для конкретного языка, либо быть от языка не зависимым, как, например, "

+"дворак. Каждый язык может иметь несколько таких наборов, каждый набор и есть "

+"раскладка. Существует несколько способов сменить текущую раскладку."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Щелчок мыши"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"Можно переключаться между раскладками щелкнув мышкой на апплете. Раскладки "

+"будут сменяться циклически, как определено в текущей конфигурации."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Контекстное меню"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"Чтобы переключить раскладку, можно выбрать пункт <guisubmenu>Переключиться "

+"на группу</guisubmenu> из контекстного меню и, затем, выбрать нужную "

+"раскладку из списка."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Клавиатура"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set "

+"which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. "

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet "

+"popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</"

+"guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+"Используя инструмент <application>Настройки клавиатуры</application>, можно "

+"установить комбинацию клавиш, которая переключала бы раскладки с клавиатуры. "

+"Выберите <guimenuitem>Параметры клавиатуры</guimenuitem> в контекстном меню "

+"апплета, затем выберите комбинацию клавиш, которую хотели бы использовать на "

+"вкладке <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"

+"\"><guilabel>Параметры раскладки</guilabel></ulink>, в группе "

+"<guilabel>Функции смены раскладки</guilabel>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Для пополнения списка раскладок, откройте <application>Настройки клавиатуры</"

+"application>. Выберите нужную раскладку на <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-"

+"guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\">вкладке <guilabel>Раскладки</guilabel></"

+"ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Просмотр раскладки"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+"Выберите пункт <guimenuitem>Отобразить текущую раскладку</guimenuitem> из "

+"контекстного меню, чтобы увидеть диаграмму текущей раскладки клавиатуры."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr ""

+"В окне <guilabel>Раскладка клавиатуры</guilabel>, нажатие клавиш клавиатуры "

+"подсвечивает соответствующие представления этих клавиш на диаграмме."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced "

+"with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr ""

+"Каждая клавиша на диаграмме имеет более четырёх значений, благодаря клавишам "

+"модификаторам:"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr ""

+"Символ, нарисованный на клавише внизу слева, вводится нажатием, собственно, "

+"на эту клавишу."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr ""

+"Символ, нарисованный вверху слева, вводится с клавишей <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Символ снизу справа вводится нажатием соответствующей клавиши и клавиши "

+"модификатора 3-го уровня."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"Символ сверху справа вводится с клавишей <keycap>Shift</keycap> и "

+"модификатором 3-го уровня."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout "

+"Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"По умолчанию, клавиши модификатора третьего уровня нет. Её можно назначить, "

+"смотрите <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-"

+"layoutoptions\">Параметры раскладки клавиатуры</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Дополнения"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"Для открытия диалога <guilabel>Дополнения индикатора клавиатуры1</guilabel>, "

+"выберите <guimenuitem>Дополнения</guimenuitem> из контекстного меню. Дополнения "

+"отображаются в области <guilabel>Активные дополнения</guilabel>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Добавление нового модуля"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Добавить</guibutton>. В окне <guilabel>Добавление "

+"модуля</guilabel>, выберите модуль из списка доступных и нажмите "

+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Удаление модуля"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Выберите модуль, который больше не нужен из <guilabel>Активных модулей</"

+"guilabel> и нажмите <guibutton>Удалить</guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Перемещение элементов в списке модулей"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"Чтобы переместить элемент вверх или вниз в <guilabel>Активных модулях</"

+"guilabel>, выберите соответствующий модуль и нажмите кнопку "

+"<guibutton>Вверх</guibutton> или <guibutton>Вниз</guibutton>. Также для "

+"перемещения можно использовать клавиши со стрелками на вашей клавиатуре."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Изменение свойств модуля"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"Для изменения свойств модуля, выберите соответствующий и нажмите кнопку "

+"<guibutton>Свойства</guibutton>. Свойства разные для каждого дополнения."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Салихов Тимур <email>[email protected]</email>"

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: applets-gswitchit\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-16 21:14+0100\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-05-31 19:13+0200\n"

+"Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Swedish <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Handbok för Tangentbordsindikator"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid "The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching between different groups."

+msgstr "Tangentbordsindikatorn visar den aktiva tangentbordsgruppen och tillåter växling mellan olika grupper."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:30(year)

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Dokumentationsprojekt för MATE"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid "Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr "Tillstånd att kopiera, distribuera och/eller modifiera detta dokument ges under villkoren i GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), version 1.1 eller senare, utgivet av Free Software Foundation utan standardavsnitt och omslagstexter. En kopia av GFDL finns att hämta på denna <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">länk</ulink> eller i filen COPYING-DOCS som medföljer denna handbok."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid "This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in section 6 of the license."

+msgstr "Denna handbok utgör en av flera MATE-handböcker som distribueras under villkoren i GFDL. Om du vill distribuera denna handbok separat från övriga handböcker kan du göra detta genom att lägga till en kopia av licensavtalet i handboken enligt instruktionerna i avsnitt 6 i licensavtalet."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid "Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial capital letters."

+msgstr "Flera namn på produkter och tjänster är registrerade varumärken. I de fall dessa namn förekommer i MATE-dokumentation - och medlemmarna i MATE-dokumentationsprojektet är medvetna om dessa varumärken - är de skrivna med versaler eller med inledande versal."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr "DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS I \"BEFINTLIGT SKICK\" UTAN NÅGRA SOM HELST GARANTIER, VARE SIG UTTRYCKLIGA ELLER UNDERFÖRSTÅDDA, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, GARANTIER ATT DOKUMENTET ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET INTE INNEHÅLLER NÅGRA FELAKTIGHETER, ÄR LÄMPLIGT FÖR ETT VISST ÄNDAMÅL ELLER INTE STRIDER MOT LAG. HELA RISKEN VAD GÄLLER KVALITET, EXAKTHET OCH UTFÖRANDE AV DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET LIGGER HELT OCH HÅLLET PÅ ANVÄNDAREN. OM ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT SKULLE VISA SIG INNEHÅLLA FELAKTIGHETER I NÅGOT HÄNSEENDE ÄR DET DU (INTE DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN, FÖRFATTAREN ELLER NÅGON ANNAN MEDARBETARE) SOM FÅR STÅ FÖR ALLA EVENTUELLA KOSTNADER FÖR SERVICE, REPARATIONER ELLER KORRIGERINGAR. DENNA GARANTIFRISKRIVNING UTGÖR EN VÄSENTLIG DEL AV DETTA LICENSAVTAL. DETTA INNEBÄR ATT ALL ANVÄNDNING AV ETT DOKUMENT ELLER EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV ETT DOKUMENT BEVILJAS ENDAST UNDER DENNA ANSVARSFRISKRIVNING;"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid "UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr "UNDER INGA OMSTÄNDIGHETER ELLER INOM RAMEN FÖR NÅGON LAGSTIFTNING, OAVSETT OM DET GÄLLER KRÄNKNING (INKLUSIVE VÅRDSLÖSHET), KONTRAKT ELLER DYLIKT, SKA FÖRFATTAREN, DEN URSPRUNGLIGA SKRIBENTEN ELLER ANNAN MEDARBETARE ELLER ÅTERFÖRSÄLJARE AV DOKUMENTET ELLER AV EN MODIFIERAD VERSION AV DOKUMENTET ELLER NÅGON LEVERANTÖR TILL NÅGON AV NÄMNDA PARTER STÄLLAS ANSVARIG GENTEMOT NÅGON FÖR NÅGRA DIREKTA, INDIREKTA, SÄRSKILDA ELLER OFÖRUTSEDDA SKADOR ELLER FÖLJDSKADOR AV NÅGOT SLAG, INKLUSIVE, MEN INTE BEGRÄNSAT TILL, SKADOR BETRÄFFANDE FÖRLORAD GOODWILL, HINDER I ARBETET, DATORHAVERI ELLER NÅGRA ANDRA TÄNKBARA SKADOR ELLER FÖRLUSTER SOM KAN UPPKOMMA PÅ GRUND AV ELLER RELATERAT TILL ANVÄNDNINGEN AV DOKUMENTET ELLER MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET, ÄVEN OM PART SKA HA BLIVIT INFORMERAD OM MÖJLIGHETEN TILL SÅDANA SKADOR."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid "DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr "DOKUMENTET OCH MODIFIERADE VERSIONER AV DOKUMENTET TILLHANDAHÅLLS UNDER VILLKOREN I GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE ENDAST UNDER FÖLJANDE FÖRUTSÄTTNINGAR: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Denna handbok beskriver version 2.8 av panelprogrammet Tangentbordsindikator."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Återkoppling"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid "To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr "För att rapportera ett fel eller komma med förslag angående panelprogrammet Tangentbordsindikator eller denna handbok, följ anvisningarna på <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE:s återkopplingssida</ulink>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Tangentbordsindikator"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Introduktion"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid "<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr "<application>Tangentbordsindikator</application> indikerar den aktiva tangentbordsgruppen. Panelprogrammet visar dig vilken grupp som du för närvarande använder. Förutom standardfunktioner i panelprogrammets popuppmeny, låter <application>Tangentbordsindikator</application> dig även starta panelprogrammets inställningsverktyg och växla mellan språkgrupper."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid "To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr "För att lägga till <application>Tangentbordsindikator</application> till en panel, högerklicka på panelen, välj sedan <guimenuitem>Lägg till i panel</guimenuitem>. Välj <application>Tangentbordsindikator</application> i dialogrutan <application>Lägg till i panelen</application>, klicka sedan på <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. För mer information om det här, se <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">Lägg till ett objekt till en panel</ulink>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid "To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard (choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "För att öppna inställningsverktyget <application>Tangentbord</application>, välj <guimenuitem>Öppna tangentbordsinställningar</guimenuitem> i panelprogrammets popuppmeny. Du kan behöva gå till den här dialogrutan för att kunna konfigurera tangentbordet (välj modell, layouter, alternativ, etc.). För hjälp med att konfigurera tangentbordsinställningar, se <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Tangentbordsinställningar</ulink>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Byt språk"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid "First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your keyboard."

+msgstr "Först måste du känna till att en grupp är en teckenuppsättning, antingen om den är för ett språk eller en icke-språkrelaterad teckenuppsättning, såsom en dvorak. Varje språk kan ha fler än en underuppsättning, och varje underuppsättning kallas för en grupp. Det finns många sätt som du kan byta gruppen på som du använder för ditt tangentbord."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Musklick"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid "You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr "Du kan växla mellan grupper med ett enda klick på panelprogrammets ikon. Grupperna växlas i en slinga som bestäms av den aktuella konfigurationen."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Popuppmeny"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid "To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr "För att välja en specifik grupp, välj <guisubmenu>Grupper</guisubmenu> från popuppmenyn. Därifrån kan du välja gruppen som du vill byta till."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Tangentbord"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid "In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr "I inställningsverktyget <application>Tangentbord</application>, kan du ställa in vilken tangent som du vill använda för att byta grupper på ditt tangentbord. Välj <guimenuitem>Öppna tangentbordsinställningar</guimenuitem> i panelprogrammets popuppmeny, och välj tangenten som du vill använda under fliken <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layoutalternativ</guilabel></ulink>, under <guilabel>Gruppbeteende för Skift/Lock</guilabel>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid "To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr "För att lägga till andra layouter till listan, öppna inställningsverktyget <application>Tangentbord</application>. Välj andra layouter under fliken <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouter</guilabel></ulink>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "Layoutvy"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Layoutvy</guimenuitem> från panelprogrammets popuppmeny för att se ett diagram för din aktuella tangentbordslayout."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid "In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr "I fönstret <guilabel>Layoutvy</guilabel>, tryck på en tangent på ditt tangentbord för att markera att den finns representerad i diagrammet."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid "Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr "Varje tangent i diagrammet har upp till fyra tecken. Dessa kan produceras med olika tangentbordsmodifierare:"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr "För tecknet som visas i vänstra nederkanten, tryck på själva tangenten."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap>."

+msgstr "För tecknet som visas i vänstra överkanten, tryck på tangenten med <keycap>Skift</keycap>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third level modifier."

+msgstr "För tecknet som visas i högra nederkanten, tryck på tangenten med tredje nivåmodifieraren."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr "För tecknet som visas i högra överkanten, tryck på tangenten med <keycap>Skift</keycap> och tredje nivåmodifieraren. "

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid "By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr "Som standard finns det ingen tangent tilldelad att fungera som en tredje nivåmodifierare. Du kan tilldela en tangent till att fungera som en tredje nivåmodifierare i <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Alternativ för tangentbordslayouter</ulink>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Insticksmoduler"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid "To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select <guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr "För att öppna dialogrutan <guilabel>Insticksmoduler för tangentbordsindikator</guilabel>, välj <guimenuitem>Insticksmoduler</guimenuitem> från popuppmenyn. Dina aktuella insticksmoduler visas i <guilabel>Aktiva insticksmoduler</guilabel>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Lägg till en ny insticksmodul"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid "Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Lägg till</guibutton>. I fönstret <guilabel>Lägg till insticksmodul</guilabel>, välj en av insticksmodulerna i <guilabel>Tillgängliga insticksmoduler</guilabel> och klicka på knappen <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Ta bort en insticksmodul"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid "Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr "Välj insticksmodulen i <guilabel>Aktiva insticksmoduler</guilabel> som du inte vill ha längre och klicka på <guibutton>Ta bort</guibutton>."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Flytta objekt i insticksmodullistan"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid "To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr "För att flytta objekt uppåt och nedåt i insticksmodullistan i <guilabel>Aktiva insticksmoduler</guilabel>, välj insticksmodulen som du vill flytta, och klicka på <guibutton>Uppåt</guibutton> eller <guibutton>Nedåt</guibutton>. Du kan använda pilarna på tangentbordet för att flytta markeringspunkten upp och ned."

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Ändra egenskaperna för en insticksmodul"

+

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid "To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr "För att ändra egenskaperna för insticksmodulerna, välj insticksmodulen som du vill ändra och klicka på <guibutton>Egenskaper</guibutton>. Egenskaperna varierar mellan varje insticksmodul."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: /tmp/doc-l10n/cvs/applets-gswitchit.HEAD/C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Daniel Nylander <[email protected]>, 2006"

+

+# Ukrainian translation of mate-applets manual.

+# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+# Maxim Dziumanenko <[email protected]>, 2004-2005

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: mate-applets manual\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-12-13 10:57+0800\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-24 22:55+0300\n"

+"Last-Translator: Maxim V. Dziumanenko <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: Ukrainian <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "Довідка з аплету \"Індикатор клавіатури\""

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr ""

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) ../C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Сергій Удальцов"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "Проект документування MATE"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "

+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"Дозволяється копіювати, розповсюджувати та/або змінювати цей документ на "

+"умовах ліцензії GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), версії 1.1 або будь-"

+"якої старшої версії, що опублікована Free Software Foundation без "

+"інваріантних розділів, тексту титульної сторінки, та тексту фінальної "

+"сторінки. Копію GFDL можна знайти <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">за "

+"адресою</ulink> або у файлі COPYING-DOCS, що постачається з цією довідкою."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"Ця довідка є частиною збірки документації з MATE, що постачається на умовах "

+"ліцензії GFDL. Якщо ви бажаєте розповсюджувати цю довідку окремо від збірки, "

+"можете це зробити додавши до довідки копію ліцензії, як описано у пункті 6 "

+"ліцензії."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"Більшість назв, що використовуються компаніями для розповсюдження їх "

+"продуктів та послуг є торговими марками. Якщо такі назви зустрічаються у "

+"документації з MATE та учасникам проекту документування MATE відомо, що "

+"вони є торговими марками, тоді ці назви пишуться великими літерами або "

+"починаються з великої літери."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "

+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "

+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "

+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "

+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"ДОКУМЕНТ НАДАЄТЬСЯ \"ЯК Є\", БЕЗ БУДЬ-ЯКИХ ГАРАНТІЇ, ЯВНИХ ЧИ НЕЯВНИХ, "

+"ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ, АЛЕ НЕ ОБМЕЖУЮЧИСЬ, ГАРАНТІЙ ЩО ЦЕЙ ДОКУМЕНТ ЧИ ЗМІНЕНА ВЕРСІЯ "

+"ДОКУМЕНТА ВІЛЬНІ ВІД ДЕФЕКТІВ, ПРИДАТНІ ДО ПРОДАЖУ, ВІДПОВІДАЮТЬ ПЕВНІЙ МЕТІ "

+"АБО НЕ ПОРУШУЮТЬ ЧИЇСЬ ПРАВА. ВЕСЬ РИЗИК ЗА ЯКІСТЬ, ТОЧНІСТЬ, ТА ЧИННІСТЬ "

+"ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ АБО ЙОГО ЗМІНЕНИХ ВЕРСІЙ ЛЕЖИТЬ НА ВАС. ЯКЩО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ "

+"ДОКУМЕНТ ЧИ ЗМІНЕНА ВЕРСІЯ БУДУТЬ ВИЗНАНІ ДЕФЕКТНИМИ У БУДЬ-ЯКОМУ "

+"ВІДНОШЕННІ, ВИ (НЕ ПОЧАТКОВИЙ УКЛАДАЧ, АВТОР АБО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ СПІВАВТОР) БЕРЕТЕ "

+"НА СЕБЕ ВИТРАТИ ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКЕ НЕОБХІДНЕ ОБСЛУГОВУВАННЯ, РЕМОНТ ЧИ ВИПРАВЛЕННЯ. "

+"ЦЯ ВІДМОВА ВІД ГАРАНТІЙ СКЛАДАЄ ВАЖЛИВУ ЧАСТИНУ ЦІЄЇ ЛІЦЕНЗІЇ. НЕ "

+"ДОПУСКАЄТЬСЯ ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ АБО ЙОГО ЗМІНЕНОЇ ВЕРСІЇ БЕЗ "

+"ПРИЙНЯТТЯ ЦІЄЇ ВІДМОВИ; ТА"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "

+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "

+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "

+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "

+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"НІ ЗА ЯКИХ ОБСТАВИН ТА ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКОГО ЗАКОНОДАВСТВА, ЧИ ТО ГРОМАДЯНСЬКОЇ "

+"ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНОСТІ (ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ ХАЛАТНІСТЬ), ДОГОВОРУ, ЧИ ЧОГОСЬ ІНШОГО, АВТОР, "

+"ПОЧАТКОВИЙ УКЛАДАЧ, БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ СПІВАВТОР, АБО ДИСТРИБ'ЮТОР ДОКУМЕНТУ ЧИ "

+"ЗМІНЕНОЇ ВЕРСІЇ ДОКУМЕНТУ, АБО БУДЬ-ЯКИЙ ПОСТАЧАЛЬНИК БУДЬ-ЯКОЇ З ЦИХ "

+"СТОРІН, НЕ НЕСЕ ВІДПОВІДАЛЬНІСТЬ ПЕРЕД БУДЬ-ЯКОЮ ОСОБОЮ ЗА БУДЬ-ЯКІ ПРЯМІ, "

+"НЕПРЯМІ, ОСОБЛИВІ, ВИПАДКОВІ, АБО ІСТОТНІ ЗБИТКИ БУДЬ-ЯКОГО ХАРАКТЕРУ "

+"ВКЛЮЧАЮЧИ, АЛЕ НЕ ОБМЕЖУЮЧИСЬ, ЗБИТКАМИ ВІД ВТРАТИ ПРЕСТИЖУ, ЗУПИНКИ РОБОТИ, "

+"ЗБОЇВ АБО НЕСПРАВНОСТЕЙ КОМП'ЮТЕРА, АБО БУДЬ-ЯКІ ІНШІ ЗБИТКИ АБО ВТРАТИ ЩО "

+"ВИНИКЛИ БЕЗВІДНОСНО АБО ВНАСЛІДОК ВИКОРИСТАННЯ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ ТА ЗМІНЕНИХ "

+"ВЕРСІЙ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ, НАВІТЬ ЯКЩО ЦІ СТОРОНИ, МОЖЛИВО, БУЛИ ПРОІНФОРМОВАНІ "

+"ПРО МОЖЛИВІСТЬ ТАКИХ ЗБИТКІВ."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"ДОКУМЕНТ ТА ЗМІНЕНІ ВЕРСІЇ ЦЬОГО ДОКУМЕНТУ ПОСТАЧАЮТЬСЯ НА УМОВАХ ВІЛЬНОЇ "

+"ЛІЦЕНЗІЇ ДЛЯ ДОКУМЕНТАЦІЇ GNU З ПОДАЛЬШИМ РОЗУМІННЯМ ЩО: <placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:55(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:56(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:58(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Сергій"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Удальцов"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:82(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "Ця довідка описує аплет \"Індикатор клавіатури\" версії 2.8."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:86(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "Зворотній зв'язок"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:87(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Щоб сповістити про помилку або внести пропозицію відносно аплету \"Індикатор "

+"клавіатури\"або цієї довідки, дотримуйтесь інструкцій на сторінці <ulink url="

+"\"ghelp:mate-feedback\" type=\"help\">Зворотний зв'язок з MATE</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:96(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "Індикатор клавіатури"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:100(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "Вступ"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:102(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"Аплет <application>Індикатор клавіатури</application> відображає активну "

+"групу клавіатури. Аплет відображає групу, яку ви зараз використовуєте. Окрім "

+"стандартних пунктів меню аплету, аплет <application>Індикатор клавіатури</"

+"application> дозволяє відкривати вікно Параметри та перемикати групи мов."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:108(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Щоб додати <application>Індикатор клавіатури</application> до панелі, "

+"натисніть правою кнопкою на панелі, потім виберіть <guimenuitem>Додати до "

+"панелі</guimenuitem>. У діалоговому вікні <application>Додати до панелі</"

+"application> виберіть <application>Індикатор клавіатури</application>, потім "

+"натисніть <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:114(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Preferences</guilabel> dialog, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). To view the help for "

+"<guilabel>Keyboard Preferences</guilabel>, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-"

+"guide#goscustperiph-2\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"Щоб відкрити діалогове вікно <guilabel>Параметри клавіатури</guilabel>, "

+"виберіть у меню аплету <guimenuitem>Відкрити параметри клавіатури</"

+"guimenuitem>. У цьому вікні можна налаштувати клавіатуру (вибрати модель, "

+"розкладки, параметри, тощо). Щоб переглянути довідку з вікна "

+"<guilabel>Параметри клавіатури</guilabel>, перегляньте <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#goscustperiph-2\">Налаштовування параметрів клавіатури</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:124(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "Перемикання мови"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:126(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"По-перше, слід знати, що група - це набір символів певної мови, чи символи, "

+"що не відносяться до жодної мови, наприклад дворак. Кожна мова може мати "

+"більш ніж один піднабір символів, та кожен піднабір називається групою. Є "

+"кілька шляхів перемикання групи символів вашої клавіатури."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:134(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "Клацанням мишею"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:135(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"Можете перемикати групи одним клацанням на значку аплету на панелі. Групи "

+"перемикаються циклічно, відповідно до поточної конфігурації."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:140(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "Контекстне меню"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:141(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"Щоб вибрати певну групу виберіть її з меню <guisubmenu>Групи</guisubmenu>. "

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:146(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "Клавіатурою"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:147(para)

+msgid ""

+"In <guilabel>Keyboard Preferences</guilabel>, you can set which key that you "

+"would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. To bring up the "

+"<guilabel>Keyboard Preferences</guilabel> dialog, choose <guimenuitem>Open "

+"Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup menu. For more "

+"information about <guilabel>Keyboard Preferences</guilabel>, see <ulink url="

+"\"ghelp:user-guide#goscustperiph-2\">Configuring Keyboard Preferences</"

+"ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"У <guilabel>Параметри клавіатури</guilabel> можна вибрати комбінацію клавіш "

+"якою ви бажаєте перемикати групи. Щоб відкрити вікно <guilabel>Параметри "

+"клавіатури</guilabel>, виберіть у контекстному вікні <guimenuitem>Відкрити "

+"параметри клавіатури</guimenuitem>. Докладніше про <guilabel>Параметри "

+"клавіатури</guilabel>, дивіться <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#goscustperiph-2"

+"\">Налаштовування параметрів клавіатури</ulink>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:159(title)

+msgid "Customizing Behavior"

+msgstr "Налаштовування поведінки"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:160(para)

+msgid ""

+"To customize the behavior of the <application>Keyboard Indicator</"

+"application> applet, select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> in the "

+"popup menu to bring up the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Preferences</"

+"guilabel> dialog. All the settings made in the <guilabel>Preferences</"

+"guilabel> tool become active in the applet immediately after the "

+"<guibutton>Close</guibutton> button is pressed."

+msgstr ""

+"Щоб налаштувати аплет <application>Параметри клавіатури</application>, "

+"натисніть правою кнопкою миші на аплеті, потім виберіть "

+"<guimenuitem>Параметри</guimenuitem>. Відкриється діалогове вікно "

+"<guilabel>Параметри клавіатури</guilabel>. Усі зроблені у вікні "

+"<guilabel>Параметри</guilabel> зміни стануть активними негайно після "

+"натискання кнопки <guibutton>Закрити</guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:167(title)

+msgid "Availability of Options"

+msgstr "Доступні параметри"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"All settings from the <guilabel>Keyboard Preferences</guilabel> work even "

+"without the applet, but all the settings in the applet <guilabel>Keyboard "

+"Indicator Preferences</guilabel> are only working when the applet is running."

+msgstr ""

+"Усі параметри вікна <guilabel>Параметри клавіатури</guilabel> працюють "

+"навіть без аплету, але усі параметри у аплеті <guilabel>Параметри "

+"клавіатури</guilabel> працюють лише при запущеному аплеті."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:175(guibutton)

+msgid "Default group"

+msgstr "Типова група"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:176(para)

+msgid ""

+"This drop-down box sets the group that will be used on the creation of a new "

+"application window. You can also choose the entry <guimenuitem>Not Used</"

+"guimenuitem>, which means new windows will use the currently active group."

+msgstr ""

+"Цей розкривний список визначає групу, яка буде використовуватись при "

+"створенні нового вікна. Також можна вибрати запис <guimenuitem>не "

+"використовувати</guimenuitem>, тоді нові вікна будуть використовувати "

+"поточну активну групу."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:182(guibutton)

+msgid "Separate group for each window"

+msgstr "Окрема група для кожного вікна"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:183(para)

+msgid ""

+"Selecting this option makes the applet keep and process the active group "

+"independently for each application window on the screen. Note that this "

+"option is only available when the applet is on the panel."

+msgstr ""

+"При відміченні цього параметра аплет буде зберігати та активну групу "

+"незалежну для кожного вікна. Зауважте, цей параметр доступний лише якщо "

+"аплет на панелі."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:189(guibutton)

+msgid "Save/restore indicators with group"

+msgstr "Зберігати/відновлювати індикатори групи"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:191(para)

+msgid ""

+"Selecting this option allows the applet to keep/process an independent set "

+"of keyboard indicators (Caps Lock, Num Lock, Scroll Lock, etc.) for each "

+"application window on the screen. For example, if your CapsLock is active in "

+"the OpenOffice window and not active in the Evolution window, it is "

+"automatically restored when you switch between these windows -- to the \"On"

+"\" state in the OpenOffice window and to the \"Off\" state in the Evolution "

+"window. This setting is only enabled when you have <guibutton>Separate group "

+"for each window</guibutton> checked."

+msgstr ""

+"При відміченні цього параметра, аплет буде зберігати/обробляти незалежні "

+"набори індикаторів клавіатури (Caps Lock, Num Lock, Scroll Lock, тощо.) для "

+"кожного вікна на екрані. Наприклад, якщо CapsLock активний для вікна "

+"OpenOffice, та не активний для вікна Evolution, він автоматично "

+"відновлюється при перемиканні між цими вікнами -- на стан \"Увімкнено у "

+"вікні OpenOffice та стан \"Вимкнено\" для вікна Evolution. Цей параметр діє, "

+"лише якщо відмічено параметр <guibutton>Окрема група для кожного вікна</"

+"guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:200(para)

+msgid ""

+"The above option can interfere with settings assigning indicators to groups. "

+"For example, in the <guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel> tab, there are "

+"options allowing to use NumLock as indicator of group #2. So even if you "

+"have <guilabel>Save/restore indicators</guilabel> unchecked (and "

+"<guilabel>Separate group for each window</guilabel> checked), the NumLock "

+"will be restored along with the group anyway."

+msgstr ""

+"Наведений вище параметр може входити у протиріччя з параметрами, що "

+"призначені індикаторам групи. Наприклад, у вкладці <guilabel>Розкладка</"

+"guilabel>, є параметри які дозволяють використовувати NumLock як індикатор "

+"групи №2. Тож, навіть якщо ви не відмітили <guilabel>Зберігати/відновлювати "

+"індикатори</guilabel> (та відмітили <guilabel>Окрема група для кожного "

+"вікна</guilabel>), індикатор NumLock все одно буде відновлюватись разом з "

+"групою."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:210(guilabel)

+msgid "Exclude from keyboard switching"

+msgstr "Вилучити з циклу перемикання"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:211(para)

+msgid ""

+"This option keeps you from switching off of the selected group from the "

+"keyboard. The number of entries corresponds to the number of the groups "

+"enabled, so you can exclude each group separately."

+msgstr ""

+"Цей параметр запобігає перемиканню на цю групу з клавіатури. Кількість "

+"елементів відповідає кількості увімкнених груп, тому ви можете виключати "

+"кожну групу окремо."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:220(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "Модулі"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:221(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"Щоб відкрити вікно <guilabel>Модулі індикатора клавіатури</guilabel>, "

+"виберіть з контекстного меню аплету <guimenuitem>Модулі</guimenuitem>. "

+"Встановлені модулі показуються у списку <guilabel>Активні модулі</guilabel>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:226(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "Додавання нового модуля"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:227(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати</guibutton>. У вікні <guilabel>Додавання "

+"модуля</guilabel> виберіть модуль зі списку <guilabel>Наявні модулі</"

+"guilabel> та натисніть <guibutton>Гаразд</guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:233(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "Видалення модуля"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:234(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"Виділіть зайвий модуль у списку <guilabel>Активні модулі</guilabel> та "

+"натисніть <guibutton>Видалити</guibutton>."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:239(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "Переміщення елементів списку модулів"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:240(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"Для переміщення елементів у списку <guilabel>Активні модулі</guilabel> вгору "

+"та вниз, виділіть потрібний модуль та натисніть <guibutton>Вгору</guibutton> "

+"чи <guibutton>Вниз</guibutton>. Також для переміщення виділеного елементу "

+"вгору чи вниз можна користуватись клавішами зі стрілками."

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:247(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "Зміна властивостей модуля"

+

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:248(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"Щоб змінити параметри модуля виберіть потрібний модуль та натисніть "

+"<guibutton>Параметри</guibutton>. У кожного модуля свій набір параметрів."

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: ../C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Максим Дзюманенко <[email protected]>, 2004, 2005"

+

+#~ msgid "User manual for the Keyboard Indicator applet"

+#~ msgstr "Довідка з аплету Індикатор клавіатури."

+# Translation of gswitchit to Simplified Chinese.

+# Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+# This file is distributed under the same license as the mate-applets package.

+#

+# Zhang Miao <[email protected]>, 2009.

+#

+msgid ""

+msgstr ""

+"Project-Id-Version: MATE\n"

+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-22 11:32+0000\n"

+"PO-Revision-Date: \n"

+"Last-Translator: Zhang Miao <[email protected]>\n"

+"Language-Team: i18n-zh <[email protected]>\n"

+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"

+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"

+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:23(title)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator Manual"

+msgstr "键盘指示器手册"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:25(para)

+msgid ""

+"The Keyboard Indicator shows the active keyboard group and enables switching "

+"between different groups."

+msgstr "键盘指示器用于显示活动的键盘组以及启用不同键盘组间的切换。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:30(year) C/gswitchit.xml:34(year)

+msgid "2004"

+msgstr "2004"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:31(holder)

+msgid "Angela Boyle"

+msgstr "Angela Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(holder)

+msgid "Sergey Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Sergey Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:45(publishername)

+msgid "MATE Documentation Project"

+msgstr "MATE 文档项目"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:50(revnumber)

+msgid "2.8"

+msgstr "2.8"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:51(date)

+msgid "2004-08"

+msgstr "2004-08"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:2(para)

+msgid ""

+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "

+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any "

+"later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant "

+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy "

+"of the GFDL at this <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:fdl\">link</ulink> or "

+"in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual."

+msgstr ""

+"对于本文档的复制、分发和／或修改必须遵循自由软件基金会 (Free Software "

+"Foundation) 发布的 GNU 自由文档许可证 (GFDL) 版本 1.1 或更高版本，该许可证没"

+"有固定的部分、没有封面和背页文本。您可以在此<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:"

+"fdl\">链接</ulink>上或在随本手册一起分发的 COPYING-DOCS 文件中找到 GFDL 的副"

+"本。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:12(para)

+msgid ""

+"This manual is part of a collection of MATE manuals distributed under the "

+"GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, "

+"you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in "

+"section 6 of the license."

+msgstr ""

+"本手册是在 GFDL 许可之下分发的 MATE 手册集合的一部分。如果想要单独分发此手"

+"册，可以在手册中添加该许可证的一份副本然后分发，如该许可证的第 6 部分所述。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:19(para)

+msgid ""

+"Many of the names used by companies to distinguish their products and "

+"services are claimed as trademarks. Where those names appear in any MATE "

+"documentation, and the members of the MATE Documentation Project are made "

+"aware of those trademarks, then the names are in capital letters or initial "

+"capital letters."

+msgstr ""

+"各个公司使用的许多用于区别它们产品和服务的名称都声明为商标。在所有的 MATE 文"

+"档以及 MATE 文档项目的成员中，这些名称都是以全大写字母或首字母大写显示，从而"

+"表明它们是商标。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:35(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN \"AS IS\" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, "

+"EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT "

+"THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS "

+"MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE "

+"RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR "

+"MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL "

+"WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY "

+"SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN "

+"ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION "

+"OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND"

+msgstr ""

+"文档按“原样”提供，不提供任何明示或暗示的保证，包括但不限于：文档或文档的修改"

+"版本没有适销性方面的缺陷、适合特定目的的适用性，以及没有侵权行为。您将自行承"

+"担本文档以及文档修改版本的质量、准确性以及性能方面的风险。如果任何文档或文档"

+"修改版本存在缺陷，您(而不是最初的编写者、作者或撰写人)将承担所有必需的服务、"

+"维修或更正的费用。此免责声明是本许可证的重要组成部分。如果不接受此免责声明，"

+"那么您就没有权利使用任何文档或文档的修改版本；并且"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:55(para)

+msgid ""

+"UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING "

+"NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY "

+"CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE "

+"DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON "

+"FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF "

+"ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, "

+"WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES "

+"OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED "

+"VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE "

+"POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."

+msgstr ""

+"无论在任何情况以及在任何法律理论下，本文档或文档修改版本的作者、最初的编写"

+"者、任何撰写人或任何分发者，或者任意这些方的任何提供者都不对任何人由于使用本"

+"\"文档或文档修改版本引起或带来的任何直接的、间接的、特殊的、偶然的或继发的损"

+"失承担任何民事(包括疏忽)、合同或其它方面的责任，这些损失包括但不限于信誉损"

+"失、工作停止、计算机失败或故障，或任何以及所有其它损失或由此引发的或与之相关"

+"的损失，即使这些方已被告知存在出现此类损失的可能性时也是如此。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:28(para)

+msgid ""

+"DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS "

+"OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: "

+"<placeholder-1/>"

+msgstr ""

+"本文档以及文档的修改版本都是在遵循 GNU 自由文档许可证的条款下提供，这表示具有"

+"以下含义：<placeholder-1/>"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:62(firstname)

+msgid "Angela"

+msgstr "Angela"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:63(surname)

+msgid "Boyle"

+msgstr "Boyle"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:65(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:69(firstname)

+msgid "Sergey"

+msgstr "Sergey"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:70(surname)

+msgid "Udaltsov"

+msgstr "Udaltsov"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:72(email)

+msgid "[email protected]"

+msgstr "[email protected]"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:89(releaseinfo)

+msgid "This manual describes version 2.8 of the Keyboard Indicator applet."

+msgstr "本手册描述的是 2.8 版的键盘指示器。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:93(title)

+msgid "Feedback"

+msgstr "反馈"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:94(para)

+msgid ""

+"To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Keyboard Indicator applet "

+"or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE Feedback Page</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"对键盘指示器小程序或本手册报告错误或提供建议，请参照<ulink url=\"ghelp:mate-"

+"feedback\" type=\"help\">MATE 反馈页面</ulink> 的指导。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:103(primary)

+msgid "Keyboard Indicator"

+msgstr "键盘指示器"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:107(title)

+msgid "Introduction"

+msgstr "简介"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:109(para)

+msgid ""

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> indicates the active keyboard "

+"group. The applet shows you which group you are currently using. Aside from "

+"the standard applet popup menu functions, the <application>Keyboard "

+"Indicator</application> applet popup menu allows you to launch the applet "

+"Preferences tool and to switch between language groups."

+msgstr ""

+"<application>键盘指示器</application> 显示活动的键盘组。小程序显示您当前正在"

+"使用的组。除了标准的小程序弹出式菜单功能，<application>键盘指示器</"

+"application>小程序弹出式菜单允许您启动小程序设置工具和切换语言组。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:115(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> to a panel, right-click "

+"on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select "

+"<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> in the <application>Add to the "

+"panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more "

+"on this, see <ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject"

+"\">Adding an Object to a Panel</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"要将<application>键盘指示器</application>添加到面板，在面板上右击，然后选择"

+"<guimenuitem>添加到面板</guimenuitem>。在<application>添加到面板l</"

+"application> 对话框中选择<application>键盘指示器</application>。关于这方面的"

+"更多信息，参见<ulink type=\"help\" url=\"ghelp:user-guide?panels-addobject\">"

+"添加对象到面板</ulink>。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:121(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, choose "

+"<guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet popup "

+"menu. You may need to go to this dialog to be able to configure the keyboard "

+"(choose model, layouts, options, etc.). For help with setting Keyboard "

+"preferences, see <ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">Configuring "

+"Keyboard Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"要打开<application>键盘</application>设置工具，在小程序弹出式菜单中选择"

+"<guimenuitem>打开键盘设置</guimenuitem>。您可能需要到此对话框中才能配置键盘"

+"(选择模式，布局，选项，等)。更多关于设置键盘的帮助，参见<ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide?prefs-keyboard\">配置键盘属性</ulink>。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:131(title)

+msgid "Switching Language"

+msgstr "切换语言"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:133(para)

+msgid ""

+"First, you must know that a group is a set of characters, whether it be for "

+"a language or non-language-related set of characters, like a dvorak. Each "

+"language may have more than one subset, and each subset is called a group. "

+"There are many ways you can switch the group that you are using on your "

+"keyboard."

+msgstr ""

+"首先，您需要知道一个组是一系列字符，无论它是否是语言中的，或是与语言无关的字"

+"符系列，如dvorak键盘。每个语言可能有多于一个的子集，每个自己称为一个组。切换"

+"您在使用的键盘组有许多方式。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:141(term)

+msgid "Mouse Click"

+msgstr "鼠标点击"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:142(para)

+msgid ""

+"You can switch between groups with a single click on the applet's panel "

+"icon. The groups switch in a cycle determined by the current configuration."

+msgstr ""

+"您可以在小程序面板图标上单击以在组间切换。一个循环中切换的组决定于当前的配"

+"置。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:147(term)

+msgid "Popup Menu"

+msgstr "弹出式菜单"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:148(para)

+msgid ""

+"To pick a specific group, select <guisubmenu>Groups</guisubmenu> from the "

+"popup menu. From there, choose the group you want to switch to."

+msgstr ""

+"要选取特定的组，在弹出式菜单中选择<guisubmenu>组</guisubmenu>。从那里选取您想"

+"要切换的组。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:153(term)

+msgid "Keyboard"

+msgstr "键盘"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:154(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool, you can set "

+"which key that you would like to use to switch groups on your keyboard. "

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Open Keyboard Preferences</guimenuitem> in the applet "

+"popup menu, and choose the key you want to use in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>Layout Options</"

+"guilabel></ulink> tab, under <guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel>."

+msgstr ""

+"在 <application>键盘</application> 设置工具中，您可以设置您要在键盘上用哪个键"

+"切换组。在本小程序弹出式菜单中选择<guimenuitem>打开键盘设置</guimenuitem>，然"

+"后在<guilabel>组切换/锁定行为</guilabel>下<ulink url=\"ghelp:user-"

+"guide#prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\"><guilabel>布局选择</guilabel></ulink> 标"

+"签页中选择您要用的键。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:161(para)

+msgid ""

+"To add other layouts to the list, open the <application>Keyboard</"

+"application> preference tool. Choose other layouts in the <ulink url=\"ghelp:"

+"user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>Layouts</guilabel> tab</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"要将其他的布局添加到列表，打开<application>键盘</application> 设置工具。在"

+"<ulink url=\"ghelp:user-guide#prefs-keyboard-layouts\"><guilabel>布局</"

+"guilabel> 标签页</ulink> 中选择其他的布局。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:165(title)

+msgid "Layout View"

+msgstr "布局查看"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:166(para)

+msgid ""

+"Choose <guimenuitem>Layout View</guimenuitem> from the applet popup menu to "

+"see a diagram of your current keyboard layout."

+msgstr ""

+"在小程序弹出式菜单中选择<guimenuitem>布局查看</guimenuitem>以查看您当前的键盘"

+"布局图表。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:167(para)

+msgid ""

+"In the <guilabel>Layout View</guilabel> window, press a key on your keyboard "

+"to highlight its representation in the diagram."

+msgstr "在 <guilabel>布局查看</guilabel>窗口中，按下一键可在图表中高亮显示它。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:168(para)

+msgid ""

+"Each key in the diagram has up to four characters. These can be produced "

+"with different keyboard modifiers, as follows:"

+msgstr "图表中的每个键可达四个字符。这些包括不同的键盘标志符，如下："

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:170(para)

+msgid "For the character shown in the bottom left, press the key alone."

+msgstr "在左下角显示的字符，按下相应的键即可。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:171(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top left, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap>."

+msgstr "左上角显示的字符，按下<keycap>Shift</keycap>的同时按下此键。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:172(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the bottom right, press the key with the third "

+"level modifier."

+msgstr "右下角显示的字符，同时按下第三级标志符和该键。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:173(para)

+msgid ""

+"For the character shown in the top right, press the key with <keycap>Shift</"

+"keycap> and the third level modifier."

+msgstr ""

+"在右上角显示的字符，同时按下<keycap>Shift</keycap>和第三级标志符以及该键。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:175(para)

+msgid ""

+"By default, no key is assigned to act as a third-level modifier. You can "

+"assign a key to act as a third level modifier in the <ulink type=\"help\" "

+"url=\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">Keyboard Layout "

+"Options Preferences</ulink>."

+msgstr ""

+"默认情况下，没有键会被设为第三级标志符。您可以在 <ulink type=\"help\" url="

+"\"ghelp:user-guide?prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions\">键盘布局选项设置</ulink>中"

+"设置第三级标志符。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:181(title)

+msgid "Plugins"

+msgstr "插件"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:182(para)

+msgid ""

+"To open the <guilabel>Keyboard Indicator Plugins</guilabel> dialog, select "

+"<guimenuitem>Plugins</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. Your current plugins "

+"are shown in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area."

+msgstr ""

+"要打开<guilabel>键盘指示器插件</guilabel> 对话框，在弹出式菜单中选择"

+"<guimenuitem>插件</guimenuitem> 。您当前的插件显示在<guilabel>活动的插件</"

+"guilabel> 区。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:187(term)

+msgid "Adding a New Plugin"

+msgstr "添加新插件"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:188(para)

+msgid ""

+"Click <guibutton>Add</guibutton>. In the <guilabel>Add Plugin</guilabel> "

+"window, select one of the plugins in the <guilabel>Available plugins</"

+"guilabel> area and click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button."

+msgstr ""

+"点击<guibutton>添加</guibutton>，在<guilabel>添加插件</guilabel>窗口中，在"

+"<guilabel>可用的插件</guilabel> 中选择一个并点击 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>"

+"按钮。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:194(term)

+msgid "Removing a Plugin"

+msgstr "移除插件"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:195(para)

+msgid ""

+"Select the plugin in the <guilabel>Active plugins</guilabel> area that you "

+"do not want anymore and click <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."

+msgstr ""

+"在<guilabel>活动的插件</guilabel> 区域选择您不再需要的插件，然后点击"

+"<guibutton>移除</guibutton>。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:200(term)

+msgid "Moving Items in the Plugin List"

+msgstr "正在移除插件列表中的项目"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:201(para)

+msgid ""

+"To move items up and down the plugin list in the <guilabel>Active plugins</"

+"guilabel> area, select the plugin you want to move, and click <guibutton>Up</"

+"guibutton> or <guibutton>Down</guibutton>. You can use the arrows on the "

+"keyboard to move the selection point up and down."

+msgstr ""

+"在<guilabel>活动的插件</guilabel>区域中上下移动插件列表，选择您要移动的插件，"

+"然后点击<guibutton>向上</guibutton>或<guibutton>向下</guibutton>。您可以使用"

+"键盘中的方向键上下移动选择点。"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:208(term)

+msgid "Changing the Properties of a Plugin"

+msgstr "改变插件属性"

+

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:209(para)

+msgid ""

+"To change the properties of the plugins, select the plugin you want and "

+"click <guibutton>Properties</guibutton>. The properties vary for each plugin."

+msgstr ""

+"要改变插件的属性，选择该插件，点击<guibutton>属性</guibutton>。每个插件的属性"

+"不同。"

+

+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2.

+#: C/gswitchit.xml:0(None)

+msgid "translator-credits"

+msgstr "Zhang Miao <[email protected]>,2009."